BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

POLICY MANUAL:

This site contains the official board policies for the board of directors of the Algona Community School District. Policy development is a dynamic, ongoing process. New problems, issues, and needs give rise to the continuing need to develop new policies or to revise existing ones. 

How To Use This Policy Manual
The Algona Community School District operates according to policies established by its board of directors.  The board develops policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements them through specific regulations and procedures.  The board reviews and evaluates its policies and makes revisions as necessary.

The manual is organized according to a numeric codification system.  There are nine major classifications bearing a numeric Series Code.

        100    SCHOOL DISTRICT
        200    BOARD OF DIRECTORS
        300    ADMINISTRATION
        400    EMPLOYEES
        500    STUDENTS
        600    EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
        700    NON-INSTRUCTIONAL BUSINESS SERVICES
        800    BUILDINGS AND SITES
        900    COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Sub-classifications under each numeric Series are based on a logical sequence and coded by the sub-classification numeric code.

How To Find A Policy
There are two ways to find a policy.  The first is to click on "Board Policies" header to expand the list, and then navigate to a particular Series and then review the list of policies included under each Series.  To view the policy, just click on the policy name in the menu on the left.

The second way to find a policy is to search for a policy number, keyword or phrase in the Search box in the upper right hand corner of this site.  It will show results that may match your search word or phrase.  Then click on an individual policy or item to review.

Inquiries
Inquires about the policies included in this manual may be directed to the board members or to the superintendent by telephone at (515) 295-3528 or writing the school district at Algona Community School District, 600 South Hale Street, Algona, Iowa, 50511.

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:13

100 - Legal Status of the District

100 - Legal Status of the District

This school corporation is located in Kossuth County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Algona Community School District Board of Directors.  This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System.  As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law.  This school district is known as the Algona Community School District.

 

 

Date of Adoption:    
May 9, 2016            

Date of Review

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:22

101 - Educational Philosophy of the District

101 - Educational Philosophy of the District

As a school corporation of Iowa, the Algona Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students.  The board’s ability may be limited by the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and school district community.  The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to, and encourages critical thinking in, the students for a lifetime.

The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals.  In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education.  Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum.  The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district.  The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11 (2013).

Date of Adoption
April 14, 1975

Date of Review
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
February 14, 2010
May 9, 2016

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 14:18

101.1 - Athletic Department Philosophy

101.1 - Athletic Department Philosophy

In our society today athletics and athletes have become a focal point.  The media hype has exposed almost everyone to a wide variety of athletic events and performances.  Anyone who has seen football, basketball, volleyball, golf, etc. has developed a certain "expertise" in that particular sport.  The media have done a tremendous job of marketing their product to enable the consumer to watch the attainment of "excellence" in virtually every sport.  The unfortunate result of this constant hype is that many parents expect the same for their son or daughter.  This is an understandable desire, but one that is not realistic for a student in a school athletic program and often results in unrealistic expectations from both parents and students.  As a result this creates undue pressure on the parent, athlete, coach, school, and community.  The person most affected is the student/athlete.  The school has a responsibility to create the best environment possible to try to insure athletics are kept in the proper perspective.  To that end the athletic program will take its place alongside of, but will not overshadow, the educational program.

 

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

The purpose of the Algona Community School District's athletic program is to:

Strive for excellence that will produce highly competitive teams and promote educational values appropriate to athletics.  The athletic program provides opportunities that will prepare students to strive for success in the contemporary world.  This preparation should include:

     a.  physical, mental, and emotional growth and development;
     b. 
acquisition and development of special skills in activities of each student's choice.
     c. 
team play with development of such traits as cooperation, sense of fair play, and loyalty; and
     d. 
the development of self-discipline, self-motivation, dedication, leadership, and the ideals of good sportsmanship.

The seventh grade program trains the players in the basic fundamentals of the game and introduces basic offenses and defenses.  The volleyball programs are intramural and the football, basketball, wrestling, and track programs interscholastic.  The main emphasis at the 7th grade level will be on participation.  However, when an A game and a B game are played, the emphasis will be on competition in the A game and participation in the B game.

The eighth grade program contains interscholastic competition in all sports.  Basic skills taught in the seventh grade will be refined.  The main emphasis at the eighth grade level will be on participation.  However, when an A game and a B game are played, the emphasis will be on competition in the A game and participation in the B game.

Any player from grades nine through twelve is eligible for varsity competition.  Junior varsity competition is available to students in grades nine through eleven while only ninth graders may participate on ninth grade teams.  Only tenth grade students may participate on tenth grade teams.  In determining placement on a given team, there is NO priority placed on the grade level of the student, only on the qualities  they display as written above.

The ninth grade program expands the number of contests played during the middle school program.  By the ninth grade some of the players will possess more talent in terms of the fundamental skills and offensive and defensive schemes.  Therefore, while an effort is made to play as many players as possible, the more advanced players will get the majority of the playing time.

The junior varsity program will continue to develop players and utilize those players who show the greatest ability in a variety of skill areas.  Specialization of players in terms of fulfilling a role on a team will become more evident at this level.  Those who are more able will be the primary players for the team.

The varsity team is for those who possess and demonstrate the necessary athletic skills and perform them both in practice and competition.  Players who display excellent leadership and/or enthusiasm may well have an advantage when skill levels appear to be quite equal.  Specialization is often a necessity at this level and players will be used in specific roles for the benefit of the entire team.

 

 

Date of Adoption:
February 10, 1992

Date of Review:
October 10,2005

Date of Revisions:
March 14, 2011
May 9, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:28

102 - Educational Equity Policy Statement

102 - Educational Equity Policy Statement

It is the policy of the Algona Community School not to discriminate on the basis of  race, color, national origin, creed, socio-economic status, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexial orientation, gender identity, socio-economic status or disability in its educational programs, activities, or employment policies as required by Title VI and VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments, and Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973.

It is also the policy of this district that the curriculum content and instructional materials utilized reflect the cultural and racial diversity present in the United States and the variety of careers, roles, and life styles open to women as well as men in our society. One of the objectives of the total curriculum and teaching strategies is to reduce stereotyping and to eliminate bias on the basis of sex, race, ethnicity, religion and disability race, color, national origin, creed, socio-economic status, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status.age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, socio-economic status or disability. The curriculum should foster respect and appreciation for the cultural diversity found in our country and an awareness of the rights, duties, and responsibilities of each individual as a member of a pluralistic society.

Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX, Title VI, or Section 504 may be directed to the Curriculum Equity Coordinator, Box 717, Algona, Iowa  50511, 515-295-3528; to the Director of the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Des Moines, Iowa; or to the Director of the Region VII Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education, Kansas City, Missouri.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. (2006).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq. (2006).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq. (2006).
29 U.S.C. § 794 (2006).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2006).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 (2006).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 (2006).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11,
280.3 (2009). 281  I.A.C. 12.19B, 19B.11, 601A

Date of Adoption:  
October 14, 1985

Date of Review:     
April 9, 1990  
November 11, 1996                                       

Date of Revisions: 
November 9, 1987
June 14, 1993
November 8, 1999
November 8, 2004
April 11, 2005
March 14, 2011
May 9, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:32

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

The Algona Community School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study:

Agricultural Business and Management
Construction Trades
Radio and Television Broadcasting Technology/Technician
Business/Commerce General
Health Services
Family and Consumer Science
Automotive

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Stacy Mueller, 124 N. Main St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3586, smueller@algona.k12.ia.us.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:36

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Stacy Mueller, 124 N. Main St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3586, smueller@algona.k12.ia.us.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:37

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

The Algona Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student’s disability.  It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students.  As a parent, you have the right to the following:

  • Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student’s disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
  • Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:
  • Receipt of information about your child and your child’s educational programs and activities in your native language;
  • Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request re-evaluation of your child.
  • Inspect and review your child’s educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child’s educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child’s file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and
  • Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child’s evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Stacy Mueller, 124 N. Main St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3586, smueller@algona.k12.ia.us.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:39

102.E4 - Complaint Form

102.E4 - Complaint Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:40
File Attachments

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:56

102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:58

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Stacy Mueller, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA  50511 515-295-3586 smueller@algona.k12.ia.us.

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination.  The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination.  If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.

A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor.  However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below.  Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies.  Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).

Filing a Complaint
A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s).  An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within 180 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.  The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.

Investigation
Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”).  If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved.  The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
  • Interivews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
  • An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to he investigation

Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.

The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision with 5 working days of completing the written report.  Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

Decision and Appeal

The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless with 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered.  The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent.  With 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the

decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information.  The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision with 5 working days of the decision.  Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

The decision of the superintendent shall be final.

The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.

This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.

If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited.  Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:01

103 - Long Range Needs Assessment

103 - Long Range Needs Assessment

Long range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students and determines how well students are meeting student learning goals.  The board shall conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earnersFeedback regarding the needs assessment shall be provided to the Board of Education and School Improvement Task Force.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the Board shall authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the Board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators.  The Superintendent shall report annually to the Board about the means used to keep the community informed.

As a result of the Board and the committee’s work, the Board shall determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs;

establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and Policy maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district’s progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:                    
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 21, 256.7(4), 280.12, .18,   
281 IA Admin. Code 12.8(1)(b).

Date of Adoption:  
June 19, 1989                                                 

Date of Review:          
October 10, 2005

Date of Revision: 
March 14, 2011
May 9, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:04

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harassment Policy

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harassment Policy

The Algona School District is committed to providing all students with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect.  Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, staff, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.  Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed.  Therefore, it is the policy of the state and the school district that school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior in school, on school property, or at any school function or school-sponsored activity.

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning:

  • “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging.
  • “Harassment” and “bullying” shall mean any electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or conduct toward a student based on the individual’s actual or perceived age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status, and which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:
  1. Places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property.
  1. Has a substantial detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health.
  1. Has the effect of substantially interfering with a student’s academic performance.
  1. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school. 
  • “Trait or characteristic of the student” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
  • “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

Filing a Complaint
A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.  An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within 180 of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.  The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed.

School employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in reprisal, retaliation, or false accusation against a victim, witness, or an individual who has reliable information about an act of bullying or harassment. 

Investigation
The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment.  The building principal (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment.  The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment.  The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall also be responsible for developing procedures regarding this policy. 

Decision
If after an investigation a student is found to be in violation of this policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds.

A school employee, volunteer, student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the policy adopted pursuant to this section, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds.

Publication of Policy
The board will annually publish this policy.  The policy may be publicized by the following means:

  • Inclusion in the student handbook
  • Inclusion in the employee handbook
  • Inclusion in the registration materials
  • Inclusion on the school or school district’s website

 

 

Legal References:      
20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i.

29 U.S.C. § 794.
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7.
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq.
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.28; 280.3
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)      

Adopted:
November 9, 2015

Revised: 

Reviewed:
May 9, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:07

104.E1 - Complaint Form

104.E1 - Complaint Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:10
File Attachments

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:12

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Investigation Procedures

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Investigation Procedures

The Algona School District is committed to providing all students with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect.  Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, staff, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.  Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed.  Therefore, it is the policy of the state and the school district that school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior in school, on school property, or at any school function or school-sponsored activity.

Definitions
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning:

  • “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging.
  • “Harassment” and “bullying” shall mean any electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or conduct toward a student based on the individual’s actual or perceived age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status, and which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:
  1. Places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property.
  1. Has a substantial detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health.
  1. Has the effect of substantially interfering with a student’s academic performance.
  1. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.
  •  “Trait or characteristic of the student” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
  • “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

Filing a Complaint
A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.  An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within 180 of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.  The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed. 

School employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in reprisal, retaliation, or false accusation against a victim, witness, or an individual who has reliable information about an act of bullying or harassment.

Investigation
The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment.  The building principal (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment.

If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the Investigator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved.  The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witness will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint (hereinafter “Respondent”) to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment.  Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings. 

Decision
If after an investigation a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds.

A school employee, volunteer, student, or student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the policy adopted pursuant to this section, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. 

Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:15

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:13

200 - Statement of Guiding Principles

200 - Statement of Guiding Principles

The Board of Directors shall recognize and maintain the distinction between those responsibilities which are appropriate to the Board of Directors as the legislative governing body of the School District, and those administrative responsibilities which are to be performed by the Superintendent of Schools and the staff in the exercise of a delegated administrative authority. The function of the Board can be described as policy-making, appraisal, and evaluation.

The Board of Directors shall have the further duty of providing the financial means by which the educational program is conducted. They shall also ensure that the community be informed of the needs, purposes, values, and status of the schools.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
December 13, 1999
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 11:53

201 - Legal Status of the Board

201 - Legal Status of the Board

The Board of Education of the Algona Community School District derives its legal status from the constitution of the State of Iowa and the statutes enacted by the Iowa General Assembly. A Board of Education may establish additional rules and regulations that are not in conflict with the laws of the State or our Nation.

The Board of Education can transact business which is legally binding on the District only when it is in regular or special session with a quorum present and its proceedings recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

The Board of Education retains full legislative and judicial authority over the schools in accordance with the school laws and the expressed will of the electorate, but delegates all executive, supervisory, and instructional authority to its employees as hereinafter specified. Legislative service under the law implies the power and the obligation to contract for service and materials, the power to inspect, the power to pass judgment upon employees and their work, and power to veto acts of any or all employees when such acts are deemed contrary to the legal rights or obligations of the District, or inconsistent with established Board policies.

While the Board of Education is charged by the State with the responsibility for providing educational opportunities for the children of its schools and directing those public school activities which the State entrusts to its care and supervision, a carefully planned pattern of authority is observed by the Board.

In fulfilling its obligations, the Board acts similarly in its relationships to the schools as do Boards of Directors to successful business organizations; that is, through the power of legislation, by the determination of policies, and the evaluation of results. The direct  administration of the school system is delegated to the Superintendent of Schools whom the Board appoints to act as Executive Officer of the Board. The Superintendent is held individually and directly responsible to the Board for the execution of all its policies and its legislations and for such other duties assigned to the Superintendent by the Board. Individual members have status as Board members only when acting formally as members of the Board while it is in regular or special session, or when specifically entrusted by the Board to carry out definite assignments.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 11:55

201.1 - Organization of School Board

201.1 - Organization of School Board

The Algona Community School District Board of Directors is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law. The board shall consist of seven (7) board members.  Board members are elected at-large.

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The board will hold its organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials and responsibility to the new board.

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results.  The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The board secretary will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.

 

 

Legal Reference:                    
(Code of Iowa)

Iowa Code secs. 274.2, 277.28, .31, 279.1, .5, .7
(1987 as amended by H.F. 499, 72nd G.A. 1st Sess.).
670 Iowa Admin. Code 3.1(2);          

Date of Adoption:
November 9, 1987

Date of Review:
November 14, 2005
M
arch 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
February 9, 2009
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 11:58

201.2 - General Powers and Duties

201.2 - General Powers and Duties

The Board of Directors shall make rules for its own government and that of the teachers and pupils, and for the care of the schoolhouse, grounds and property of the school corporation, and aid in the enforcement of these rules, and require the performance of duties of said persons imposed by the law and the rules.  The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

 

Legislative -  The School Board represents the people of the District and shall function as a policy-making body. The Board has complete jurisdiction over the School
                     District and its employees.

Executive   - The Board of Directors selects an Executive Officer, the Superintendent of Schools, and delegates to the Superintendent the authority for carrying out the
                     policies, plans, and administrative details necessary to insure that all phases formulated by the Board are made effective in the operation of the Schools.

Evaluative  - Evaluation is that function which attempts, through careful examination and study of facts and conditions, to determine the efficiency of the operation of
                     the schools, not only in dollars and cents, but in desirable values as the result of instruction based on a sound philosophy of education.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).

Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).
1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 66.
Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Date of Adoption:        
May 12, 1975                          

Date of Review:
December 6, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 12:32

202 - Elections

202 - Elections

The school election takes place on the second Tuesday in September of odd-numbered years.  Each biennial school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 7 member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary’s designee, between sixty-four and forty days before the school election unless otherwise directed.

If a vacancy occurs on the board, it may be filled by appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.

If the board does not fill the vacancy by appointment, the board secretary will call a special election to fill the vacancy.  Candidates for a seat created by a vacancy must file their nomination papers 25 days before the special election.

It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 277.1 - 277.32

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975                        

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
February 9, 2009
March 11, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 12:38

202.1 - Oath of Office

202.1 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state.  As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibility of the office to the best of the board member’s ability.

Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official.  The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at or before the annual meeting or organizational meeting of the board depending on the year.  In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting.  In the event the board secretary is absent,the oath is administered by another board member.

“Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of board director in the Algona Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?”

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 69.12, 274.7; 279.6-7 (2007)

Date of Adoption:                                                      
February 9, 2009                                                        

Revised:
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:38

202.2 - Term of Office

202.2 - Term of Office

Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in September, of odd numbered years, shall serve for four years.  Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.  A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity to participate on a governing board of the school district.  Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7

Date of Adoption:                                                      
February 9, 2009                                                        

Reviewed:
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:40

202.3 - Board Vacancies

202.3 - Board Vacancies

A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but it not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.6; 69; 277.29; 279

Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).
1944 Op. Att'y Gen. 39.

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
September 19, 1994
February 9, 2009
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:41

203 - Conflict of Interest

203 - Conflict of Interest

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively.  It shall be a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in this policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties.  It shall not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts to purchase goods or services if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $2,500 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

It shall also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board memer’s official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest shall be deemed to exist shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

  1. The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to a board member.
  1. The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member’s immediate family from anyone other than the state of the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member’s regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.
  1. The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member’s duties of office or employment.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity;
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to be aware of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  It shall also be the responsibility of each board member to take the action necessary to eliminate such a conflict of interest.  Should a conflict of interest arise, a board member should not participate in any action relating to the issue from which the conflict arose.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 71.1, 277.27, 279.7A, 301.28

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975 

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
August 13, 1990
May 10, 1993
D
ecember 13, 1999
April 11, 2005
November 14, 2005
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:44

204 - Code of Ethics

204 - Code of Ethics
  1. A CREED FOR BOARD MEMBERS:
  • I will listen.
  • I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merits of their work.
  • I will be motivated only by a desire to serve the students and the citizens of my area.
  • I will recognize that it is my responsibility together with the other Board Members to see that the educational system is properly run - not to run it myself.
  • I will work through the administrative employees of the Board and not over or around them.
  • I will recognize that Board business may be legally transacted only in open meetings legally called.
  • I will inform myself on the proper duties and functions of a Board Member.
  1. IN PERFORMING THE FUNCTIONS OF A BOARD MEMBER:
  • I will deal in terms of general educational policies.
  • I will function in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body.
  • I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will attempt to protect and conserve it.
  1. IN MAINTAINING DESIRABLE RELATIONS WITH OTHER MEMBERS OF THE BOARD:
  • I will respect the opinions of others.
  • I will give the Superintendent of Schools authority commensurate with his/her responsibility.
  • I will expect the schools to be administered by the best trained technical and professional personnel it is possible to procure.
  • I will insist that committees be appointed to serve only in an investigating and advisory capacity.
  • I will consider unethical and will thus avoid star chamber or secret sessions of Board Members held without presence of the administration.
  1. IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO THE AREA:
  • I will attempt to appraise fairly both the present and the future educational needs of the area.
  • I will be aware that student needs are not confined to the development of vocational skills and I will support programs with broad educational goals in addition to specialized courses.
  • In considering the needs of the students of the area I will not be provincial in my thinking, but will realize that their opportunities will transcend the borders of the area and I will support program offerings accordingly.
  • I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for educational facilities and program.
  • I will interpret to the Superintendent of Schools as best I can the needs and attitudes of the area.
  • I will consider it an important responsibility of the Board to interpret the aims and methods of the educational program and the materials used in them to the people of the area.
  • I will insist that business transactions of the organization be on an ethical, open and above-board basis.
  1. IN WORKING WITH THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND HIS/HER STAFF:
  • I will hold the Superintendent of Schools responsible for the administration of the schools in accordance with the policies established by the Board.
  • I will appoint employees only on the recommendation of the Superintendent of Schools.
  • I will participate in Board legislation only after considering the recommendation of the Superintendent and only after the Superintendent has furnished complete information supporting the recommendation.
  • I will expect the Superintendent of Schools to keep the Board of Directors adequately informed at all times through both oral and written reports.
  • I will expect to spend more time in Board meetings on educational problems and procedures than on business detail.
  • I will give the Superintendent of Schools friendly counsel and advice.
  • I will refer all complaints to the proper administrative officer or insist that they be presented in writing to the Board as a whole through the Superintendent of Schools.
  • I will present any personal criticisms of employees to the Superintendent of Schools.
  • I will recognize that authority rests with the Board in legal session - not in individual members of the Board.
  • I will make no disparaging remarks in or out of meetings about other members of the Board or their opinions.
  • I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.
  • I will make decisions in Board meetings only after all sides of the question have been presented.
  1. TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS:
  • I will not help to elect a superintendent, principal, or teacher who is already under contract with another school without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.
  • I will consider it unethical to bid for the services of a teacher or pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring Board or superintendent.
  • I will not recommend a teacher for a position in another school unless I would employ said teacher under similar circumstances.
  • I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of a teacher to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness, being careful not to overpraise nor to be unduly critical.
  • I will associate myself with school Board members of other districts, both personally and in conferences, for the purpose of discussing school problems and cooperating in the improvement of public school conditions.

 

 

Legal Reference:                 
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                                      
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
December 10, 1984
November 9, 1987
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:47

205 - Board Member Liability

205 - Board Member Liability

Board members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community.  In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.

The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless the act constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission.  The school district, however, cannot save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).

42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985 (2012).
Iowa Code ch. 670 (2013).
Legal Reference: (Code of Iowa)
Chapter 71.1, 277.27, 279.7A, 301.28

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:50

206 - Board of Direcctors' Officers

206 - Board of Direcctors' Officers dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:52

206.1 - President

206.1 - President

It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner.  The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

The president of the board will be elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting, in even-numbered years, to serve a one-year term of office.

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members.  Before making or second a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board.  Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.

The board president, as chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                               
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
February 9, 2009
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:52

206.2 - Vice President

206.2 - Vice President

If the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the vice-president of the board to carry out the duties of the president.  If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president’s term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.

The vice-president of the board will be elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting, in even-numbered years, to serve a one-year term of office.

The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion.  The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
November 14, 2005

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
December 13, 1999
February 9, 2009
August 9, 2010
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:53

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to evaluate the board secretary-treasurer annually.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students.  The board secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities.  It will also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.

In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the Superintendent will assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed.  The board secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board.  The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64;

279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4,
.6-.12,  .14; 299.10, (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 328.

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:55

207 - Legal Counsel

207 - Legal Counsel

It is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district.  The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.

The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believes it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel.  The board's legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent.  Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board.  It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction,

395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
Iowa Code § 279.37 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
January 12, 1981
December 10, 1984
November 9, 1987
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:56

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board.  Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee.  The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution.  The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution.  The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration.  The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue.  The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution.  When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue.  The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee.  The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
O.A.G., Nov. 18, 1993

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
September 18, 1978
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:57

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:59

209.1 - Formulation of Policy

209.1 - Formulation of Policy

The primary responsibility for formulating policy rests with the Board of Directors.  Policies for the consideration of the Board may be proposed by any member of the Board, the Superintendent of Schools, a member of the professional staff with the approval of the Superintendent, a lay group or organization, or by any citizen of the School District.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:               
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:01

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

Policy proposals shall be submitted to the Board, through the Superintendent of Schools, prior to a regularly scheduled meeting.  Final adoption of policies shall occur after consideration by the board.

 

 

Date of Adoption:  
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:     
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions: 
August 12, 2013
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:02

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

A hard copy of the board policy manual is housed at the central administration office and is available to each  board member if requested.  Persons wishing to review the board policy manual may contact the board secretary, who will have a board policy manual available for public inspection.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure copies of new and revised policy statements are distributed to the custodians of board policy manuals no later than the first regular board meeting following the policy's adoption. 

The board policy manual may also be available electronically on the district website.  Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure any electronic version of the policy manual is current

Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Date of Adoption:

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:03

209.4 - Revision of Policy

209.4 - Revision of Policy

The Policies of the Board of Directors may be rescinded, changed, or amended by resolution adopted at any regular meeting, provided notice of such potential is set forth in the posted agenda.  New members should review the Policies of the Board that are operational not later than 30 days after the annual Organizational Meeting of the Board. The Board will review all policies, and re-approve, amend or delete at least every five years. The purpose of such review shall be to strengthen the operation of the Board and to improve the educational program of the school.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
December 10, 1984
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
October 11, 2004
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:05

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken.  If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Date of Review:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:06

209.6 - Adoption of Administrative Rules and Regulations

209.6 - Adoption of Administrative Rules and Regulations

Administrative rules and regulations shall be drawn by the Superintendent of Schools and shall be submitted to the Board of Directors in writing prior to a regularly scheduled meeting. The proposed rule of regulation shall be read at the regular meeting with final action scheduled for the next regular meeting.

In general, administrative rules and regulations serve to implement the policies of the Board of Directors.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:07

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:10

210.1 - Annual Meeting

210.1 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30.  As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks.  The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel at the annual meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Annual Meeting, Chapter 277.28, 279.3,  279.30,
291.2, 453.1 - 453.6

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:                                             
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revision:
August 9, 1976                                               
January 12, 1981                                            
December 10, 1984
November 9, 1987
August 9, 2010
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:13

210.10 - Order of Regular Business Meetings

210.10 - Order of Regular Business Meetings

The normal order of business at all meetings shall be as follows:

PUBLIC FORUM Prior to meeting

  1.          Call to Order.
  2.          Roll Call.
  3.          Adopt Agenda.
  4.          Minutes.
  5.          Warrants.
  6.          Financial Statements.
  7.          Board Reports.
  8.          Superintendent's Report.
  9.          Communications to the Board.
  10.        Hearing of any Delegations.
  11.        Administrative Reports.
  12.        Unfinished Business.
  13.        New Business.
  14.        Personnel.
  15.        Adjournment.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
December 10, 1984
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:28

210.2 - Regular Meetings

210.2 - Regular Meetings

The regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at its annual or organizational meeting.  The regular meetings of the board will be held on the  second Monday of each month.

Meetings will begin promptly at 7:00 p.m.  The board will adhere to this meeting date and time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled at the board's convenience.  Public notice of the meetings will be given.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:     May 12, 1975               

Date of Review:        March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:    October 8, 2018

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:15

210.3 - Special Meetings

210.3 - Special Meetings

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting.  Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.  Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting.  The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting.  The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Date of Adoption:      
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:16

210.4 - Work Session

210.4 - Work Session

The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action.  While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action.  Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities.  The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session.  No board action will take place at the work session.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).

1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Date of Adoption:      
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:

Date of Revisions:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:18

210.5 - Meeting Notices

210.5 - Meeting Notices

Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board.  Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings.  The public notice will be posted on the entry window in the central administration office at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting.

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary.  These requests for notice must be in writing.  A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting.  In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting.  Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).

Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2 (2013).
1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:19

210.6 - Quorum for Meetings

210.6 - Quorum for Meetings

The majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A majority vote of those present shall be necessary and sufficient to pass any motion or to take any action of the Board unless the vote of a greater number with respect to the particular subject matter shall be required by law or other Board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.4

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:21

210.7 - Rules of Order

210.7 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district.  Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board.  They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

  • To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;
  • To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;
  • To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,
  • To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:23

210.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

210.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

The following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:

  1. Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.
  1. All motions will be made as a positive action.
  1. A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast.  Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation.  It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.
  1. All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board.  If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.
  1. The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue.  An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.
  1. The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.
  1. The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.
  1. The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting.  Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.
  1. The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.
  1. The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:25

210.8 - Agenda

210.8 - Agenda

The Superintendent of Schools shall submit to the Board of Directors for its consideration, at least two days before a regular meeting, a tentative agenda which shall set forth the order of business for that meeting.  The tentative agenda shall be posted at the front entrance of the Central Administration offices.  Emergency or other items may be added to the agenda prior to formal Board approval of the agenda.

The agenda shall contain supporting data for the suggested items of business, together with recommendations of the Superintendent, or recommendations from staff members designated by the Superintendent.

Whenever possible, the agenda shall be documented with evidence such as charts, graphs, statistics, previous experience records and/or precedents which bear on the matters to be considered.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 21.3 and 21.4

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:26

210.9 - Consent Agendas

210.9 - Consent Agendas

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content.  Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc.  These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda.  By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution.  Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:27

211 - Open Meetings

211 - Open Meetings

A gathering of a majority of board members in which deliberation of an issue within the jurisdiction of the board takes place is a board meeting.  A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place.  Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2 (2013).

1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:30

212 - Closed Sessions

212 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law.  The board will hold a closed session or exempt meeting in the situations stated below.

Exceptions to the Open Meetings Law

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting.  The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice.  The motion for  a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting.  A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote.  Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary.  Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting.

The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended.  The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting.  Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.

The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspeciton.  The minutes and tape recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.  The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session.

Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:

  1. To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board’s possession or receipt of federal funds.
  1. To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.
  1. To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct  a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.
  1. To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual’s reputation and that individual requests a closed session.
  1. To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the board would have to pay for the property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for the property.

Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discusion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meeting law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:

  1. Negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;
  1. To discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;
  1. To conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher’s contract.  The private  hearing however, in the teacher’s contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and
  1. To conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator’s contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator’s contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24 (2011).

1982 Op. Att’y Gen. 162
1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 167
1976 Op. Att’y Gen. 384, 514, 765
1972 Op. Att’y Gen. 158
1970 Op. Att’y Gen. 287

Approved:   
October 10, 2011

Reviewed:

Revised:
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 18:54

213 - Community-Citizens Input

213 - Community-Citizens Input

The Board of Education believes the schools belong to the people they are created to serve. It therefore intends that all reasonable efforts should be exerted to identify the desires of the community and to be responsive through its actions, to those desires. There are two major ways in which the will of the community may influence the development of Board policies:

  1. Board members themselves will remain mindful that they are elected to represent the people of the District.
  1. All citizens of the District are encouraged to express ideas, concerns, and judgments about the schools to the Board Members or Administrators through such means as: (a) written suggestion(s) or proposal(s); (b) presentations at Board Meetings; (c) responses to surveys made through interviews, written instruments, or other means; and (d) service on citizens advisory committees.

In order to assure that persons who wish to appear before the Board may be heard and, at the same time allow the Board to conduct its meeting properly and efficiently, the Board adopts as policy the following procedures and rules pertaining to public participation in Board Meetings.

  1. Anyone wishing to speak before the Board, either as an individual or as a member of a group, should inform the Superintendent of the desire to do so and of the topic to be discussed as early as possible, but at least five (5) days before the meeting. This will permit orderly scheduling of public remarks on the meeting agenda. 
  1. Any individual desiring to speak shall give his or her name, address, and the group, if any, that is represented. Only those speakers recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order.  If disruptive, the individual causing the disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.
  1. The presentation should be as brief as possible. Unless an extension of time is granted, a speaker shall be limited to five minutes.
  1. Speakers may offer such objective criticisms of school operations and programs as concern them. In public session, the Board will not hear personal complaints against school personnel nor against any person connected with the school system. Other channels provide for Board consideration and disposition of legitimate complaints involving individuals.

The Board vests in its president or other presiding officer authority to terminate the remarks of any individual when they do not adhere to the rules established above.

Persons appearing before the Board are reminded, as a point of information, that members of the Board are without authority to act independently as individuals in official matters. Thus, questions may be directed to individual   Board members, but answers must be deferred pending consideration by the full Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
June 8, 1981

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
December 10, 1984
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:18

213.1 - Handling Grievances-Complaints

213.1 - Handling Grievances-Complaints

A.   Personnel Grievances/Complaints

Grievances and complaints from personnel shall first be brought to the attention of the appropriate building administrator or supervisor.  If not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the grievance or complaint may be brought to the attention of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent).  If the matter is still not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the parties may appeal to the Board of Directors (Board).

Personnel desiring to address the Board on any matter shall direct their communications to the Superintendent.

B.      Student/Parent Grievances/Complaints

Grievances and complaints from students/parents shall first be brought to the attention of the appropriate building administrator.  If not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the grievance or complaint may be brought to the attention of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent).  If the matter is still not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the parties may appeal to the Board of Directors (Board).

Students/parents desiring to address the Board on any matter shall direct their communications to the Superintendent.

C.      Citizens' Grievances/Complaints

Whenever a citizen is aggrieved at the action of any employee, such citizen may give information to the employee's immediate supervisor.  In the event that the matter is not satisfactorily resolved, the appeal process will follow this order:

  1. Other supervisory or administrative personnel in the line of responsibility.
  2. The Superintendent.
  3. The Board.

The board, consistent with its board policy-making role, will deal with complaints concerning specific schools, programs or procedures only after the usual channels have been exhausted.  Complaints regarding employees or complaints by students will follow the more specific policies on those issues.  Complaints requiring attention  received by the board or a board member will be referred to the superintendent. 

When all of the channels have been exhausted, the complainant may appeal to the board by requesting a place on the board agenda or during the public audience portion of the board meeting.  If the complainant appeals to the board, the appeal will be in writing, will be signed and will explain the process followed by the complainant prior to the appeal to the board.  It is within the board’s discretion to determine whether to hear the complaint.  No appeal will be heard by the Board unless reduced to writing, signed by the party bringing the same, and presented to the Board through the Superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:   
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                     
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
April 14, 1997
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:26

213.2 - Public Complaints

213.2 - Public Complaints

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed.

  1. Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.
  2. Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee’s building principal.
  3. Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.
  4. If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration.  To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention or the entire board.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.  The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent.  If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final.  If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code § 279.8

Approved:   September 10, 2018

Reviewed:

Revised:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:29

214 - Public Hearings

214 - Public Hearings

Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board.  Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.

At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held.  Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion.  Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible.  Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals.  In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.

The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion.  At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president.  The board president will recognize the speakers.  A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president.  Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ Ch. 21; 26.12;

Ch. 24; 279.8, .10; 297.22 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:

Date of Revisions:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:30

215 - Minutes of Meetings

215 - Minutes of Meetings

Since the official minutes of the board are the only legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness.  The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:

With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:

  1. The place, date, and time of each meeting.
  2. The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.
  3. Members present and members absent, by name.
  4. The call to order and adjournment.
  5. The departure of members by name before adjournment.
  6. The late arrival of members, by name.
  7. The time and place of the next meeting.
  8. Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.
  9. Complete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.
  10. The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.
  11. Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.
  12. A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.
  13. A record of all change orders on construction contracts.
  14. All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.
  15. A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.
  16. A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.
  17. Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.
  18. Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.
  19. Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.
  20. Adoption of textbooks and establishment of bus routes by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.
  21. Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.
  22. A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.
  23. At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.
  24. The election or appointment of board officers.
  25. The appointment of auditors to examine the books. 

At the annual or organizational meeting, in odd numbered years, the minutes should reflect the following:

   26. Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
  
27. Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.
  
28. Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.
  
29. Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.
  
30. The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.
  
31. A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.
  
32. A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.
  
33. Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.
   34.
Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 21.3, 279.35, 291.6

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996

December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981

December 10, 1984
November 9, 1987
May 10, 1993
August 9, 2010
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:31

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:39

216.1 - Membership in State and National Associations

216.1 - Membership in State and National Associations

The Board of Directors shall consider membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards, the National School Boards Associations, and others as determined by the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

 

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:40

216.2 - Compensation for Expenses

216.2 - Compensation for Expenses

Members of the Board of Directors shall serve without pay. They shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as members of the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
May 10, 1993
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 12, 1981
November 9, 1987
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:41

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Board members shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  • Is seeking to be or is a part to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  • Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  • Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  • An inheritance;
  • Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;
  • Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  • Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  • Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business
  • or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  • Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference,
  • seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political
  • subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  • Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
  • Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  • Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;
  • Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public board member attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  • Actual expenses of an board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa Department of General Services; or
  • A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 68B (1993);
Iowa Code Supp. Chapter 68B (1993);
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276; and
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319

Date of Adoption:
April 10, 1995

Date of Review:
December 9, 1996
December 13, 1999
November 14, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revision:
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:42

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14

300 - Statement of Guiding Principles

300 - Statement of Guiding Principles

The administration of the school district shall provide the leadership to implement the district's educational philosophy.  It is the responsibility of the administration to implement and enforce policies developed by the Board of Directors, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations. 

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.

The Board of Directors and administrators function as a  management team.

 

 

Legal Reference:       
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                     
August 9, 1993

Date of Review:
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:55

301 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

301 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
June 9, 1975

Date of Review:
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
February 9, 1981
November 14, 1988
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:57

301.1 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

301.1 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board is determined by the board.  The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30.  The contract will state the terms of employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period or the probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.

If a superintendent's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the superintendent's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It is the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the superintendent.

If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release or resignation.

 

 

Legal Reference:          
Cook v Plainfield Community School District,

301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel,
282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District,
282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co.,
258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 279.20, .22-.25 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                 
June 9, 1975

Date of Review:
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
February 9, 1981
November 14, 1988
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
June 13, 2016 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:59

301.2 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

301.2 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent.  The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract.  Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.20, 279.23, 279.23A, 279.24

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 9, 1975                                                   

Date of Review:
January 10, 2000
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
February 9, 1981
November 14, 1988
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
June 13, 2016

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:03

301.3 - Superintendent Duties

301.3 - Superintendent Duties

The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board.  The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students.  The superintendent is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.

In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.  Specifically, the superintendent:

  • Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;
  • Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;
  • Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;
  • Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;
  • Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;
  • Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;
  • Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;
  • Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;
  • Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;
  • Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;
  • Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;
  • Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;
  • Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;
  • Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;
  • Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;
  • Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;
  • Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;
  • Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;
  • Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;
  • Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;
  • Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;
  • Approves vacation schedules for employees;
  • Conducts periodic district administration meetings;
  • Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board;
  • Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board; and
  • Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.

This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.20, 272.33

Date of Adoption:                                            
June 9, 1975                                                    

Date of Review
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
February 9, 1981
November 14, 1988
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:05

301.4 - Superintendent Evaluation

301.4 - Superintendent Evaluation

The Board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis.  The goal of the superintendent’s formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent’s role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent.

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community.
  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development.
  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment.
  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.
  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.
  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principle:

  • The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent.  The criteria will be related to the job description and the school district’s goals;
  • At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;
  • Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation by the entire board;
  • The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board’s evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;
  • The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon the request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent’s reputation; and,
  • The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent.  Board members are encouraged to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.

The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent’s personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 279.8, .20, .23, .23A (2007); 281
I.A.C. Chapter 83; 12.3(4).

Date of Adoption:               
June 19, 1989                                                             

Date of Review:
August 9, 1993
December 12, 2005

Date of Revisions:
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
November 10, 2008
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:09

301.5 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

301.5 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties. 

If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the high school principal will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action.  If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent.  The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
March 14, 2005

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:11

302 - Administrators Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

302 - Administrators Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position.  In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy.  The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Legal Reference:           
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.24, IA Admin Code 12.4(5)

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 9, 1975                                                   

Date of Review:
August 9, 1993
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
February 9, 1981
December 12, 1988
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:12

302.1 - Administrators Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

302.1 - Administrators Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract.  The contract will also state the terms of the employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.

Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 279.21 and 279.24

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 9, 1975                                                               

Date of Review:
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revision:
February 9, 1981
December 12, 1988
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 16:59

302.2 - Administrators Salary and Other Compensation

302.2 - Administrators Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators.  The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties.  The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract.  Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:           
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.20, 279.23, 279.23A, 279.24

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 9, 1975                                                   

Date of Review:
January 10, 2000

December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
February 9, 1981
November 14, 1988
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:00

302.3 - Administrators Duties

302.3 - Administrators Duties

Subject to the policies of the Board of Directors and to the directives issued by the Superintendent or other Central Administrative personnel on behalf of the Superintendent, the Principal shall have full authority for the assigned building and grounds, all pupils, teachers, operating personnel and all activities carried on therein or thereon.

The primary functions of the building principal are to provide administrative leadership and supervision of all building educational programs, communicate high expectations that all students will succeed in all program offering areas, evaluate educational programs, and services with the intent of encouraging continual improvement in the educational program, and maintain a visible presence in the district community to act as a spokesperson for public education.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975

Date of Review:
December 12, 2005
March 14, 2011

Date of Revision:
August 9, 1076
February 9, 1981
December 12, 1988
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
January 10, 2000
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:03

302.4 - Administrators Evaluation

302.4 - Administrators Evaluation

The superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually.  The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator.

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument.  The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description.  The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community. 
  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development. 
  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment. 
  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.   
  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.
  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and nonprobationary administrators prior to May 15.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(3); ch 83.

Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
August 9, 1993
January 10, 2000
December 12, 2005

Date of Revisions:
January 13, 1997
March 14, 2011
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:04

303 - Administrative Consulting – Outside Employment

303 - Administrative Consulting – Outside Employment

The superintendent and administrators are considered full-time employees.  The board expects responsibilities of these positions be given precedence over other employment.  The administration may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the assigned duties with the district.

The board reserves the right, however, to request that any administrator cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 279.24, 279.25

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 9, 1975                                                               

Date of Review:
January 10, 2000
December 12, 2005

March 14, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
February 9, 1981
November 14, 1988
August 9, 1993
January 13, 1997
June 13, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:06

304 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

304 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent should consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations.  Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions.  The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016                                                             

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:08

304.1 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

304.1 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

The administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016                                                             

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:09

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district.  Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.  Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.

The professional school administrator:

  • Makes the education and well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
  • Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
  • Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
  • Implements local, state and national laws.
  • Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
  • Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
  • Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
  • Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
  • Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
  • Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
  • Accepts responsibility and accountability for one's own actions and behaviors.
  • Commits to serving others above self.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

282 I.A.C. 13.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016                                                             

Date of Review:

Date of Revision:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:10

306 - Communication Channels

306 - Communication Channels

Questions and problems are resolved at the lowest organizational level nearest to the complaint.  School employees are responsible for conferring with their immediate supervisor on questions and concerns.  Students and other members of the school district community will confer with a licensed employee and then with the principal on questions and concerns.

If resolution is not possible by any of the above, individuals may bring it to the attention of the superintendent within ten school days of their discussion with the principal.  If there is no resolution or plan for resolution by the superintendent within ten school days of the individual's discussion with the superintendent, the individual may ask to have the question or problem placed on the board agenda.  It is within the board's discretion whether to hear the concern.

It will first be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve questions and problems raised by the employees and the students they supervise and by other members of the school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016                                                             

Date of Review:

Date of Revisions:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:12

400 - EMPLOYEES

400 - EMPLOYEES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14

400 - Statement of Guiding Principles - Employees

400 - Statement of Guiding Principles - Employees

The mission of the Algona Community School District is to prepare students to compete in an ever-changing world.

Success in attaining this mission is dependent in large measure upon the competency of the professional staff and of those who serve in direct supporting positions to the instructional program.

All licensed employment positions will be created with the approval of the Board of Directors.  Before a new position is created, the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) will present preferred qualifications to the Board.

A position may remain unfilled or vacant for a period of time, but only the Board has the authority to abolish a position.

The Board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with any duly certified employee organization.

It shall be the policy of the Board to appoint all personnel only upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:                 
(Code of Iowa)  

Sections 20.16; 279.12

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
March 9, 1981
January 14, 1985
January 9, 1989
November 9, 1993
February 10, 1997
February 14, 2000
January 9, 2006
May 9, 2011
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:59

401 - Employees and Internal Relations

401 - Employees and Internal Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:02

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

The Algona Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.  Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination.  The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented.  Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies.  Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.

The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator.  The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan.  The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.

Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply.  In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.

Prior to a final offer of employment for any teaching position the school district will perform the background checks required by law. The district may determine on a case-by-case basis that, based on the duties, other positions within the district will also require background checks.  Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended.

Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement:  "The Algona Community School District is an EEO/AA employer."  The statement will also appear on application forms.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Algona Community School District, 600 S. Hale St., Algona, Iowa 50511; or by telephoning 515-295-3528 . 

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commissions, 500 W. Madison St., Suite 2000, Chicago, IL, 60661, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820. http://www.eeoc.gov/field/chicago/ or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or (800)-457-4416, http://www.iowa.gov/government/crc/.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4; 14.1; 95.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:02

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

Employees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain.  No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent.  If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent.  Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.

Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supply companies doing business with the school district.  Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents.  Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.

It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

  1. The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.
  1. The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.
  1. The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or,
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract.  Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
7 C.F.R. 3016.36(3)
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:04

401.3 - Nepotism

401.3 - Nepotism

More than one family member may be an employee of the school district.  It is the preference of the Board that one family member not directly supervise another family member, however, the Board understands that in some situations this may be necessary.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assign supervisory responsibilities.

The employment of more than one individual in a family is on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:06

401.4 - Employee Complaints

401.4 - Employee Complaints

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees.  If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.

A formal grievance procedure is contained in the master contract between the employee's bargaining units and the board.  This policy will not apply to a complaint that has been or could be filed at the employee's discretion under that formal grievance procedure.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .9; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:07

401.5 - Employee Records

401.5 - Employee Records

The school district will maintain personnel records on employees.  The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy.  Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility.  Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.

Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made.  Employees, however, will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.

The board secretary is the custodian of employee records.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:09

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

Employee Personnel Records Content

  1. Employee personnel records may contain the following information:
  • Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse.
  • Individual employment contract.
  • Evaluations.
  • Application, resume and references.
  • Salary information.
  • Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.
  • Educational transcripts.
  • Assignment.
  • Records of disciplinary matters.
  1. Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records.  Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:
  • Medical professional signed physical form.
  • Sick or long-term disability leave days.
  • Worker's compensation claims.
  • Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee's disability.
  • Employee's medical history.
  • Employee emergency names and numbers.
  • Family and medical leave request forms.
  1. The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:
  • The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation” includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits and deferred compensation;
  • The dates the individual was employed by the government body;
  • The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;
  • The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;
  • The fact that the individual was discharged as the result of a final disciplinary action upon the exhaustion of all applicable contractual, legal and statutory remedies; and,
  • Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)

Applicant File Records Content

Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office.  The records will include, but not be limited to:

  • Application for employment.
  • Resume.
  • References.
  • Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.
  • Affirmative action form, if submitted.

Record Access

Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee.  Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary.  In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's health or medical file without the consent of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.

 

Employee Record Retention

All employee records, except payroll and salary records, are maintained for a minimum of one year after termination of employment with the district.  Applicant records are maintained for a minimum of one year after the position was filled.  Payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of three years after payment.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:10

401.12 - District Landling and Cellular Phone Useage

401.12 - District Landling and Cellular Phone Useage

The District provides telephones to employees because communication is essential for the  performance of their duties, especially in times of emergency or when addressing safety issues.  In addition, the district provides a voice mail system which permits employees to receive and retrieve messages from locations outside of their offices.

The landline telephones provided by the district to employees are to be used primarily for school business.  Employees may use land line telephones for personal business, provided such personal use is limited in frequency and duration and does not interfere with the performance of an employee’s job.  Landline telephones are provided at district expense.  Employees are not charged for local calls but are charged for all personal long distance toll calls.

Certain employees are required to perform work outside of their offices or assigned work spaces, outside of the Algona Community School District, or outside of the district’s regular business hours.  It is important to the mission of the district to provide for communication with these employees when they are not in their offices.  Telephone communication is greatly enhanced by the use of cellular telephones.  With a cellular telephone, an employee may receive and respond to calls regardless of the time of day or the employee’s location and retrieve and respond to messages in the district’s voice mail system.

The billing for cellular telephone service includes a charge for all calls that are transmitted or received by the cellular telephone, including unsolicited and misdirected calls, and local and long distance calls.  Itemized bills are prepared for all cellular telephones listing all calls made or received by a cellular telephone within a billing cycle by date, time, location, and duration.  Roaming charges are listed by date, time, location, duration, and roaming service provider.  The district’s policy concerning cellular telephones is as follows: 

Approved personnel are required to purchase their own cellular equipment.  The district will purchase cellular telephone contracts for business calls subject to the same restrictions that are imposed on landline telephones.  All cellular telephone users who wish to use cellular telephones for personal use also will be charged a monthly fee of $20.00.  The accounting department will send every cellular telephone user a monthly statement.  Cellular telephone users must send a check to the Central Administration office made payable to the Algona Community School District for the monthly fee and any additional personal charges (roaming and excess time).  Payment is due upon receipt of the celluar telephone statement.

Damage to cellular telephones attached to the district plan are the responsibility of the individual user.

The Superintendent or his/her designee is authorized to review the use of the district cellular account and to revoke the privilege of using the district cellular account if it is determined that the cellular telephone is being used primarily for personal business or is being used in any other manner which is contrary to district policy.

 

 

Adopted:
February 8, 2010

Date of Review:
May 9, 2011

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:13

401.13 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking

401.13 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking

Computers are a powerful and valuable education and research tool and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program. In addition, the school district depends upon computers as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies and materials. This policy outlines the board’s expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school district’s computer resources. Employees must conduct themselves in a manner that does not disrupt from or disrupt the educational process and failure to do so will result in discipline, up to and including, discharge.

General Provisions
The superintendent is responsible for designating a technology coordinator who will oversee the use of school district computer resources. The technology coordinator will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff in computer skills, appropriate use of computers and for the incorporation of computer use in subject areas.

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, shall establish regulations governing the use and security of the school district’s computer resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the system. All users of the school district’s computer resources, including students, staff and volunteers, shall comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities. Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, as well as suspension and/or revocation of computer access privileges.

Usage of the school district’s computer resources is a privilege, not a right, and that use entails responsibility. All information on the school district’s computer system is considered a public record. Whether there is an exception to keep some narrow, specific content within the information confidential is determined on a case-by-case basis. Therefore, users of the school district’s computer network must not expect, nor does the school district guarantee, privacy for e-mail or use of the school district’s computer network including web sites visited. The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment or any material used in conjunction with the school district’s computer network.

The superintendent, working with the appropriate staff, shall establish procedures governing management of computer records in order to exercise appropriate control over computer records, including financial, personnel and student information. The procedures will address: 

  • passwords,
  • system administration,
  • separation of duties,
  • remote access,
  • data back up (including archiving of e-mail),
  • record retention, and
  • disaster recovery plans.

Social Networking or Other External Web Sites

For purposes of this policy any web site, other than the school district web site or school-school district sanctioned web sites, are considered external web sites. Employees shall not post confidential or proprietary information, including photographic images, about the school district, its employees, students, agents or others on any external web site without consent of the superintendent. The employee shall adhere to all applicable privacy and confidentiality policies adopted by the school district when on external web sites. Employees shall not use the school district logos, images, iconography, etc. on external web sites. Employees shall not use school district time or property on external sites that are not in direct-relation to the employee’s job. Employees, students, and volunteers need to realize that the Internet is not a closed system and anything posted on an external site may be viewed by others, all over the world. Employees, students and volunteers who don’t want school administrators to know their personal information, should refrain from exposing it on the Internet. Employees should not connect with students via external web sites without consent of the superintendent. Employees, who would like to start a social media site for school district sanctioned activities, should contact the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2011).

281 I.A.C. 13.35, .26

Approved:   
Feb. 11, 2013

Reviewed:  

Revised:     
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:15

401.13R1 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking Regulation

401.13R1 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking Regulation

General

The following rules and regulations govern the use of the school district's computer network system, employee access to the Internet, and management of computerized records:

  • Employees will be issued a school district e-mail account. Passwords should be changed periodically.
  • Each individual in whose name an access account is issued is responsible at all times for its proper use.
  • Employees are expected to review their e-mail regularly throughout the day, and shall reply promptly to inquiries with information that the employee can reasonably be expected to provide.
  • Communications with parents and/or students should be made on a school district computer, unless in the case of an emergency, and should be saved and the school district will archive the e-mail records according to procedures developed by the technology coordinator.
  • Employees may access the Internet for education-related and/or work-related activities.
  • Employees should refrain from using computer resources for personal use, including access to social networking sites.
  • Use of the school district computers and school e-mail address is a public record. Employees cannot have an expectation of privacy in the use of the school district’s computers.
  • Use of computer resources in ways that violate the acceptable use and conduct regulation, outlined below, will be subject to discipline, up to and including discharge.
  • Use of the school district’s computer network is a privilege, not a right.
  • Inappropriate use may result in the suspension or revocation of that privilege.
  • Off-site access to the school district computer network will be determined by the superintendent in conjunction with appropriate personnel.
  • All network users are expected to abide by the generally accepted rules of network etiquette. This includes being polite and using only appropriate language. Abusive language, vulgarities and swear words are all inappropriate.
  • Network users identifying a security problem on the school district's network must notify appropriate staff. Any network user identified as a security risk or having a history of violations of school district computer use guidelines may be denied access to the school district's network.

Prohibited Activity and Uses

The following is a list of prohibited activity for all employees concerning use of the school district's computer network. Any violation of these prohibitions may result in discipline, up to and including discharge, or other appropriate penalty, including suspension or revocation of a user's access to the network.

  • Using the network for commercial activity, including advertising, or personal gain.
  • Infringing on any copyrights or other intellectual property rights, including copying, installing, receiving, transmitting or making available any copyrighted software on the school district computer network. See Policy 607.3, Use of Information Resources for more information
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others obscene, offensive, or sexually explicit material.
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others messages that are racist, sexist, and abusive or harassing to others.
  • Use of another’s account or password.
  • Attempting to read, delete, copy or modify the electronic mail (e-mail) of other system users.
  • Forging or attempting to forge e-mail messages.
  • Engaging in vandalism. Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy school district equipment or materials, data of another user of the school district’s network or of any of the entities or other networks that are connected to the Internet. This includes, but is not limited to, creating and/or placing a computer virus on the network.
  • Using the network to send anonymous messages or files.
  • Revealing the personal address, telephone number or other personal information of oneself or another person.
  • Using the network for sending and/or receiving personal messages.
  • Intentionally disrupting network traffic or crashing the network and connected systems.
  • Installing personal software or using personal disks on the school district’s computers and/or network without the permission of the technology coordinator.
  • Using the network in a fashion inconsistent with directions from teachers and other staff and generally accepted network etiquette.

Other Technology Issues

Employees with personal cell phones should not be using the phones for school district business. Employees should contact students and their parents through the school district computer or phone unless in the case of an emergency or with prior consent of the principal. Employees should not release their cell phone number, personal e-mail address, etc. to students or their parents. Employees, who are coaches or sponsors of activities, may create a text list of students and parents in order to communicate more effectively as long as the texts go to all students and the principal and/or athletic director/supervisor is included in the text address list.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:17

402 - Employees and Outside Relations

402 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:41

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities.  All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.

 When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter shall make an oral report of the suspected child abuse to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and shall make a written to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report.  If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified. 

Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse, or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous five years.  The course will be re-taken at least every five years.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 232.67-.77; 232A; 235A; 280.17 (2013).

441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 390, 417.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:41

402.3 - Abuse of Students By School District Employees

402.3 - Abuse of Students By School District Employees

Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated.  The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district.  Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation.  The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.  Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator.  The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator.  The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district.  The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A;

272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1) (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 102; 103.
441 I.A.C. 155; 175.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:43

402.4 - Gifts to Employees

402.4 - Gifts to Employees

Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  • Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  • Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  • Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  • An inheritance;
  • Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;
  • Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  • Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  • Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  • Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;  
  • Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee
  • Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  • Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  • Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the meeting; or
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  • Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general services; or
  • A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It is the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

 

Legal References:      
Iowa Code ch. 68B (2013).

1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:45

402.5 - Public Complaints About Employees

402.5 - Public Complaints About Employees

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.  While constructive criticism is welcomed, the board desires to support its employees and their actions to free them from unnecessary, spiteful, or negative criticism and complaints that do not offer advice for improvement or change.

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:

  (a)  Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.
  (b)  Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal for all
         employees.
  (c)  Unsettled matters regarding employees from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.
 
(d) If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board.  To bring a concern regarding an employee, the individual
       may notify the board president in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board, or the item may be placed on the board agenda of a regularly
       scheduled board meeting in accordance with board policy 213.1.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only do so if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
November 14, 2016

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:49

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

The board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description.  The board considers an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment.  The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.

The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
November 14, 2016

Reviewed:

Revised:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:52

403 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being

403 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:55

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

Good health is important to job performance.  Employees will present evidence of good health, in the form of a physical examination report, prior to their employment with the school district. 

School bus drivers will present evidence of good health every other year in the form of a physical examination report unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion.  Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations, when requested to do so, at the expense of the school district.

The cost of the initial examination will be paid by the employee.  The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired must be returned prior to payment of salary.  The cost of bus driver renewal physicals will be paid by the school district up to a maximum of $85.  The school district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee.  Employees identified as having reasonably anticipated contact with blood or infectious materials will receive the Hepatitis B vaccine or sign a written waiver stating that they will not take the vaccine.

A plan should be developed to minimize district occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens.  The plan for designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, Hepatitis B vaccination and postexposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.

The requirements stated in the master contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding physical examinations of such employees are followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910.1030 (2012).

Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8, 321.376 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 43.15 -.20.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                           

Revised:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:56

403.2 - Employee Injury On The Job

403.2 - Employee Injury On The Job

When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.

If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid.  An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.  The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.

It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four hours of the occurrence.  It is the responsibility of the employee's immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the employee reported the injury.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.40; 613.17 (2013).

1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177.

Approved:
November 14, 2016

Reviewed:

Revised:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:58

403.3 - Communicable Diseases – Employees

403.3 - Communicable Diseases – Employees

Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties.  Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.

Administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease should be developed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).

29 U.S.C. §§ 794, 1910 (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2012).
Iowa Code chs. 139(a); 141(a) (2013).
641 I.A.C. 1.2-.7.

Approved:
November 14, 2016                             

Reviewed:                                           

Revised:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:00

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

The Disease
Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected.  Most people with HBV recover completely, but approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus.  Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others.  Some may develop chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis.  HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer.  Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its complications.

The Vaccine
The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells.  It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.

Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against the virus.  The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids.  Full immunization requires three doses of the vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.

There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B.  However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.

Dosage and Administration
The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle.  Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.

Possible Vaccine Side Effects
The incidence of side effects is very low.  No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine.  Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the site of injection and low grade fever.  Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported.  The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with more extensive use.

 

See form attached

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:02

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

Universal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students.  It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual.  UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood.  These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material.  However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.  The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations.  Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact.  Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control.  All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan.  Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.

Hand Washing
Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection.  Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed.  Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key.  Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.

  • Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.
  • Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.
  • If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.
  • Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.

Barriers
Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices.  Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual.  Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW.  Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.

Disposal of Waste
Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure.  When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required.  A band aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste.  It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident.  Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste.  Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.

Clean up
Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately.  The employee should:

  • Wear gloves.
  • Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.
  • Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.
  • Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.
  • Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.

Laundry
Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation.  It should be bagged at the location.  If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed.  Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.

Exposure
An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.

  • Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.
  • If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.
  • If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.

The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:13

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace.  When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation.  When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees.  The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program. 

Administrative regulations regarding this program should be developed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq.
(2012).

Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B (2013).
347 I.A.C. 120.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:15

403.5 - Substance-Free Workplace

403.5 - Substance-Free Workplace

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free.  No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of, in the workplace, any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbituate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law.  "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicle, also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee will notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee.  An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. \

The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee.  In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

Administrative regulations to implement this policy should be developed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
41 U.S.C. §§ 81 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8 (2013)

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:17

403.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

403.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 124.

"Workplace" is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as an employee.  This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles.  Workplace also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy. 

EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation committed in the workplace, no later than five days after the conviction.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

 

I,                                                              , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.

 

_____________________________________________________________         ___________________________________________
Signature of Employee                                                                                               Date

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:20

403.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

403.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

A superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem will follow these procedures:

  1. Identification - the superintendent will document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent will discuss the problem with the employee.
  1. Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination.
  1. Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:22

403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.

The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing.  Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district contact person, Transportation Director at the Algona Central Administration Office, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA 50511.

Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline, up to and, including termination. 

Administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law shall be developed.  The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

Publication and dissemination will be made of this policy and supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.

IASB Drug and Alcohol Testing Program (IDATP) Web site:  http://www.ia-sb.org/MemberBenefits.aspx?id=304

 

 

Legal Reference:        
American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration,

51 Fed. 3rd 405 Cir. (4th 1995).
49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et seq. (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 (2012).
41 U.S.C. §§ 81 (2012).
49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391 (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2012).
Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington,
PERB  No. 3876 (3-26-91).
Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:                  

Revised:
October 10, 2016 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:23

403.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

403.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees" also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.  The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the school district contact person.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents or the law.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:25

403.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

403.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

I, ________________________________, have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy of the Algona Community School District and its supporting documents. 

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use. 

In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.

Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function.  I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.

I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.

__________________________________________________               ________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                            (Date)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:27

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.  The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity.  To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.

Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner.  Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position.  Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste.  Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes, which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.

All district employees are required to maintain confidentiality as it relates to student information.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

282 I.A.C. 13.25, .26.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:       September 10, 2018

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:28

404R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation

404R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation

CHAPTER 25

282—25.1(272) Scope of standards. This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272. The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.

282—25.2(272) Definitions. Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:

“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.

“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.

“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.

“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules.

“Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on  an  application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.

“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other licensed professional, including an individual who holds a statement of professional recognition, who provides educational assistance to students.

“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.

“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.

“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board.

Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade

12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.

[ARC 7979B, IAB 7/29/09, effective 9/2/09]

282—25.3(272) Standards of professional conduct and ethics. Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations. Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board. In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:

25.3(1) Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

    a.  Fraud. Fraud means the same as defined in rule 282—25.2(272).

    b.  Criminal convictions. The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or
         administrative performance.

(1) Disqualifying criminal convictions. The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:

  1. Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code section 702.11: child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;
  2. Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code chapter 709, involving a child:

●     First-, second- or third-degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;

●    Lascivious acts with a child;

●    Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;

●    Indecent contact with a child;

●    Sexual exploitation by a counselor;

●    Lascivious conduct with a minor;

●    Sexual exploitation by a school employee;

●    Enticing a minor under Iowa Code section 710.10; or

●    Human trafficking under Iowa Code section 710A.2;

  1. Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code section 726.2;
  2. Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.2;
  3. Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.15;
  4. Any offense specified in the laws of another jurisdiction, or any offense that may be prosecuted in  a  federal,  military,  or  foreign court,  that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1); or
  5. Any offense under prior laws of this state or another jurisdiction, or any offense under prior law that was prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1).Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse. In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:
  1.     The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;
  2.     The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
  3.     The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
  4.     The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;
  5.     The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and
  6.      Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.

     c.  Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student. Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual: fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioners inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code section 702.17.

    d.  Sexual exploitation of a minor. The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.12, Iowa Code chapter 709 or 18 U.S.C. Section 2252A(a)(5)(B).

    e.  Student abuse. Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:

  1.    Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;
  2.    Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;
  3.    Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;
  4.    Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;
  5.    Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee;
  6.    Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law; or
  7.    Committing or soliciting any sexual conduct as defined in Iowa Code section 709.15(3)“b” or soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic relationship with any person who was a student within 90 days prior to any conduct alleged in the complaint, if that person was taught by the practitioner or was supervised by the practitioner in any school activity when that person was a student.

25.3(2) Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

  1. Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.
  2. Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.

25.3(3) Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.

b.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.

c.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.

d.  Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 20.

e.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.

25.3(4) Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.

b.  Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.

c.  Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.

d.  Combining public or school-related funds with personal funds.

e.  Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.

25.3(5) Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.

A.  Violation of this standard includes:

  1. Signing a written professional employment contract while under contract with another school, school district, or area education agency.
  2. Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract. An administrator shall make a good faith effort to determine whether the practitioner has been released from the current contract.
  3. Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.
  4. As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
  5. As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.

B.  In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioners control. For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:

  1.   The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or
  1. The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:
  • The practitioners last work day of the school year;
  • The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or
  • June 30.

25.3(6) Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.
b. 
Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.
c. 
Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.
d. 
Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or
     disparagement.
e. 
Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, creed,
     color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
f. 
Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioners personal advantage.
g. 
Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.
h. 
Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records,
     health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income.  Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies
     relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law.
i.  
Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.
j.  
Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.
k. 
Failing to self-report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires
     revocation of the practitioners license.
l.  
Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.
m.
Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.
n. 
Allowing another person to use ones practitioner license for any purpose.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:30

404R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

404R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

Chapter 26
 

282—26.1 (272)  Purpose. The code of professional conduct and ethics in 282—Chapter 25 defines unprofessional and unethical conduct justifying disciplinary sanction. The board acknowledges that the discharge of professional obligations should occur in recognition of certain fundamental rights and responsibilities. Accordingly, the board recognizes the following rights and responsibilities of all educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 and agrees that the exercise of these rights and responsibilities may present mitigating facts and circumstances in the board’s evaluation of allegations of unprofessional or unethical conduct.

282—26.2 (272) Rights. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following rights:

  1. The educator has a right to be licensed and endorsed under professional standards established and enforced by the board.
  2. The educator has a right to refuse assignments for which the educator is not legally authorized, in terms of holding a valid Iowa license with the appropriate endorsement(s) or approval(s).
  3. The educator has a right, subject to board and administrator authority, to exercise professional judgment in the evaluation, selection, and use of teaching methods and instructional materials appropriate to the needs, abilities, and background of each student.

282—26.3 (272) Responsibilities. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following responsibilities:

  1. The educator has a responsibility to maintain and improve the educator’s professional competence.
  2. The educator has a responsibility to accept only those assignments for which the educator is legally authorized.
  3. The educator has a responsibility to provide conditions that are conducive to teaching and student learning.
  4. The educator shall protect students from conditions harmful to learning or to health or safety.
  5. The educator shall not, without just cause, restrain a student from independent action in the pursuit of learning and shall not, without just cause, deny a student access to varying points of view.
  6. The educator shall not use professional relationships with students for personal advantage.
  7. The educator shall not discriminate against any student on the grounds of race, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
  8. The educator shall accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession.
  9. The educator shall keep in confidence personally identifiable information regarding a student or the student’s family members that has been obtained in the course of professional service, unless disclosure is required by law or is necessary for the personal safety of the student or others.
  10. The educator who has reasonable basis to believe that a student has been abused, as defined by law, shall make all reports required by law and the Iowa Administrative Code and which are necessary to ensure the safety and well-being of the student.
  11. In the administration of discipline, the educator shall treat all students with respect and in compliance with all policies of the school district served by the educator.
  12. The educator shall provide accurate, truthful, and complete information to the board and to the local education system concerning all licensure transactions.
  13. The educator shall not refuse to participate in a professional inquiry, when requested by the board.
  14. The educator shall not require or direct another educator to violate any provisions of the code of professional conduct and ethics or any rights of a student, parent, educator or citizen.
  15. The educator shall not delegate assigned tasks to unqualified personnel.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:44

405 - Licensed Employees – General

405 - Licensed Employees – General dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:47

405.1 - Licensed Employees Defined

405.1 - Licensed Employees Defined

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses.  Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls,

187 Iowa 89, 174 N.W. 47 (1919).
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4
282 I.A.C. 14.
1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:51

405.2 - Licensed Employees Recruitment, Qualifications, Selection

405.2 - Licensed Employees Recruitment, Qualifications, Selection

Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.

All job openings not filled through internal transfers or program modifications shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The superintendent, however, will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding qualifications, recruitment and selections of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, 12101 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.
282 I.A.C. 14.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016
May 8, 2017

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:52

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

The board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis.  Each contract will be for a period of one year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, are returned to the superintendent.  The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature.  After being signed, the contract is filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).

Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).
Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).
Iowa Code chs. 20; 279 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:54

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

The work day for licensed employees will begin each day of the school year at a time established by the superintendent.  Licensed employees who are employed only during the academic year will have the same work day as other licensed employees.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.

Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the work day.  Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the principal whenever the licensed employees must leave the school building during the work day.

The building principal is authorized to make changes in the work day in order to facilitate the education program.  These changes are reported to the superintendent.

The work day outlined in this policy is a minimum work day.  Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the work day.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding work day of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:57

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:58

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

The first three years of a new licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one year probationary period.  For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.  

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.  The board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with the consent of the licensed employee.  The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation.  During this probationary period the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at year-end or discharge the employee in concert with corresponding board policies.

Licensed employees may also serve a probationary period based upon their performance.  Such probationary period is determined on a case-by-case basis in light of the circumstances surrounding the employee's performance as documented in the employee's evaluations and personnel file.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.12-.19B (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:00

407 - Licensed Employee – Termination of Employment

407 - Licensed Employee – Termination of Employment dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:01

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract.  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.

The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:02

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board the cost of advertising incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary.  Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.

The superintendent is required to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board. 

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46 (2013).

1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:04

407.3 - Early Retirement Policy

407.3 - Early Retirement Policy

Licensed employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No licensed employee will be required to retire at a specific age.

Application for retirement will be considered made when the licensed employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board, the intent of the employee to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent.  Applications made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.

Board action to approve a licensed employee's application for retirement is final and such action constitutes nonrenewal of the employee's contract for the next school year.

Licensed employees who retire under this policy may qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents are allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program at their own expense by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46 (2013).

581 I.A.C. 21.
1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:05

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

Licensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).

McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979); 402.N.W. 2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987)
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:08

408 - Licensed Employee – Professional Growth

408 - Licensed Employee – Professional Growth dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:09

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Material

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Material

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain there from are the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee's employment.  The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
17 U.S.C. § 101 et al.

Iowa Code § 279.8 (2012).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:11

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor.  Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:13

409 - Licensed Employee – Vacations and Leaves of Absence

409 - Licensed Employee – Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:15

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes licensed employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard.  If a licensed employee is called on to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Bewley v. Villisca Community School District,

299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:15

410 - Other Licensed Employees

410 - Other Licensed Employees dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:18

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

Personnel serving on a substitute or temporary basis shall be licensed for the positions they are to fill.  Reasonable effort shall be made to fill temporary positions with substitutes who have preparation equivalent to that of the regular contract employee.  In the event such persons are not available, the employment of personnel who are properly licensed is authorized on a purely substitute or temporary basis.

Properly licensed substitutes shall be paid a daily rate for their teaching services with the rate to be set by the Board of Directors (Board).  Such substitutes shall be paid at the daily rate for all substituting assignments that do not exceed 10 consecutive days for the same employee.  Starting with the 11th consecutive day for the same teacher, the substitute shall be reimbursed at a per diem salary rate determined by each respective substitute's years of regular contract experience (not to exceed 6) and level of college preparation.  The per diem rate will be calculated by dividing the salary value in the appropriate salary schedule cell of Schedule I by the total number of contract days for a new teacher in the Annual School Calendar as adopted by the Board.

Substitute teachers will be advised of the current daily rate of pay as well as their per diem pay rate at the beginning of each school year, or upon official approval of an application for substitute teaching.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB,

400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9; Ch.272 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:19

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

The Algona Community School District shall offer summer school options in accordance with law and may, in its discretion offer additional programming during the summer recess.  Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.

Licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available.  If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position.  The board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; .68; 280.14 (2015).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:21

411 - Classified Employees – General

411 - Classified Employees – General dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:23

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

Classified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require an Iowa Department of Education teaching license and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis.  Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, educational associates, custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance.  The position may be full-time or part-time.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

Teacher associates have a bargaining unit contract with the district. The provisions in the bargaining unit control the provisions with the teacher associates in any place that these policies reference an area within the bargaining unit contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Approved

Reviewed

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:23

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate, if required, for the position.

All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on Teach Iowa, the online state job posting system.  Additional announcement of the position may be through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools to develop procedures for the hiring of classified personnel.  The Superintendent may delegate the recruitment and selection of classified personnel for recommendation to the Board to his/her staff.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants shall be conducted by the district employee who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The Board has the authority to officially employ all classified personnel after receiving a recommendation for action from the Superintendent.  However, the Superintendent may employ a classified staff member on a temporary basis until a formal recommendation can be made, and formal action can be taken by the Board on the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2012)
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012)
Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4(5                   

Approved:

Reviewed:                                                                  

Revised:
November 14, 2016
May 8, 2017

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:24

411.3 - Classified Employee Letter of Assignment

411.3 - Classified Employee Letter of Assignment

Assignments of full-time and part-time classified personnel will be in writing and will state the length of time the assignment is in force, the total compensation or rate of pay for the assignment period, and the schedule for periodic payments.

These assignments will be approved by the Board, signed by the president, signed by the employee, and filed with the school district secretary.

Compensation plans and working conditions for classified employees will be determined by the Board.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:26

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing and Certification

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing and Certification

Classified employees who require a special license or other certification will keep them current at their own expense.  Licensing requirements needed for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law and by the Iowa Department of Education for the position.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding licensing and certifiction of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 285.5(9) (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.12-.24.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:28

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment and Transfer

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment and Transfer

Assignment of classified staff shall be based upon the qualifications of the employee and the philosophy and needs of the school district.

Changes in assignment may be made at the initiative of the Superintendent of Schools or other supervisory staff members, or at the request of the employee.  All changes in assignment shall be made with full knowledge of the employee and approved by the Superintendent.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment and transfer of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                           

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:29

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

Evaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent.  The goal of the formal evaluation of classified employees is to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board’s standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee’s role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated annually. 

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding evaluation of such employees will be followed

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).

Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(3).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                           

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:31

412 - Classified Employee – Compensation and Benefits

412 - Classified Employee – Compensation and Benefits dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:32

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

The board will determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding compensation of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:33

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage.  Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee is compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate.  This compensation is in the form of overtime pay or compensatory time.  Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent.

Each non-exempt employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must complete, sign, and turn in a daily time record showing the actual number of hours worked.  Failure of the employee to maintain, or falsification of, a daily time record will be grounds for disciplinary action.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority,

469 U.S. 528 (1985).
29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012).
29 C.F.R. Pt. 511 (2012).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:34

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Classified Employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law.  The board will select the group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program.

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), the board will offer classified employees, who work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred (130) hours per month, based on the measurement adopted by the board, with minimum esstential coverage that is both affordabe and provides minimum value.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group benefit programs, other than the group health plan, for its classified employees, unless it is a mandatory subject of bargaining.

Classified employees who work thirty (30) hours per week are eligible to participate in the group health plan. Full-time classified employees who wish to purchase coverage for their spouse or dependents may do so by meeting the requirements of the applicable plan.  Employers should maintain documents regarding eligible employees acceptance and rejection of coverage.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in certified collective bargaining units and the board regarding group insurance benefits of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:              
(Code of Iowa) 20.9; 85; 85B, 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B

(2013) Internal Revenue Code 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg.
54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health
Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg.
217, (Jan. 2, 2013).
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health
Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg.
8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

Date of Adoption:   
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:      
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:  
July 13, 2015
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:35

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

The board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program chosen by the board and collective bargaining units.

Classified employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the superintendent.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding tax shelter programs of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).

Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2013).
1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:37

413 - Classified Employee - Termination of Employment

413 - Classified Employee - Termination of Employment dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:39

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

Resignations shall be in writing signed by the resigning party, directed to the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) and referred to the Board of Directors with a recommendation.  The Superintendent must receive the written resignation at least two weeks in advance of the date the employee plans to terminate employment.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding resignation of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9) (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:40

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

Classified employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).

McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:42

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law. 

The Superintendent of Schools or a designee has the authority to suspend the services of any classified employee.  At the next meeting of the Board of Directors (Board), action shall be taken by the Board as to whether or not the employee shall be reinstated or dismissed.  A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law.  The employee shall have the right to request a hearing before the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:43

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary.  Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force will be given thirty days notice.  Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent will consider the relative qualifications, skills, ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding reduction in force of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:45

414 - Classified Employee - Vacations and Leaves of Absence

414 - Classified Employee - Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:46

414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations and Holidays

414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations and Holidays

Classified personnel who are scheduled to work 52 weeks per year and at least 20 hours per week if they were hired prior to July 1, 2009 and at least 30 hours per week if they were hired after July 1, 2009 are entitled to a one-week vacation plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after one year, two weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after two consecutive years, three weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after ten years, and four weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after twenty years of consecutive employment with the District.

Vacation benefits start on the first anniversary date of employment.  Vacation time may not accrue from one year to the next.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:47

414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Classified employees are granted 12 days of sick leave in their first year of employment.  Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the employees up to a maximum of fifteen days.  "Day" is defined as one workday regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  A new employee will report for work at least one full workday prior to receiving sick leave benefits.  A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the beginning of each fiscal year.  Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 100 days for classified employees.

Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee including, but not limited to, confirmation of the following:  the employee's illness, the need for the illness leave, the employee's ability to return to work, and the employee's capability to perform the duties of the employee's position.  It is within the discretion of the board and the superintendent to determine the type and amount of evidence necessary.  When an illness leave will be greater than three consecutive days, the employee will comply with board policy regarding family and medical leave.

If an employee is eligible to receive workers' compensation benefits, the employee will contact the board secretary to implement these benefits.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012)
29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2012).
Iowa  Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 279.40 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Approved

Reviewed                                           

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:48

414.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

414.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined as July 1 to June 30.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent. 

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61,

4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012)
29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:49

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

In the event of a death of a member of a classified employee's immediate family, bereavement leave may be granted.  Bereavement leave granted may be for a maximum of 5 days, with "day" being defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee, per occurrence, for the death of a member of the immediate family as defined in master contract and handbooks.

A maximum of one day of bereavement leave per year will be granted for the death of a close friend or other relative not listed above.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine the number of bereavement leave days to be granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:        

Approved                                           

Reviewed

Revised:
November 14, 2016

                                                           

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:51

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to classified employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent will grant a classified employee a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The classified employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence any time within thirty days of a contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code ch. 55 (2013).

Cross Reference:        

Approved                                           

Reviewed                                           

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:52

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow classified employees to be excused for jury duty unless extraordinary circumstances exist.  The superintendent has the discretion to determine when extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service will notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay must be presented to the school district.  The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular working hours. 

Classified employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty is turned over to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2013).

Approved                                           

Reviewed                                           

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:53

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes classified employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard.  If a classified employee is called to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Bewley v. Villisca Community School District,

299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2013).

Approved                                           

Reviewed

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:55

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies.  Unpaid leave for classified employees must be authorized by the superintendent.  Whenever possible, classified employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave.  If the leave is granted, the deductions in salary are made unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, the financial condition of the school district, length of service, previous record of absence, the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant in making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period is coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible, to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:        

Approved                                           

Reviewed

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:56

500 - STUDENTS

500 - STUDENTS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

Student Rights and Responsibilities

Each student has the opportunity and the right to use school as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, he or she is expected to conduct his or her affairs in such a way as to allow other students the same opportunities without serving to restrict or otherwise inhibit their individual and collective rights.

Of equal importance is the right of school authorities to prescribe and control--consistent with fundamental and constitutional safeguards--student conduct in the schools.

In exercising this right, each building principal, working with their staff and with the students, will attempt to achieve the objectives and follow the procedures set forth by Board policies and administrative regulations pertaining to the various aspects of student rights, student conduct, and student discipline.

Objectives to be Achieved

The primary objective is the proper recognition and preservation of a student's constitutional rights and allowance for such rights:

--          Freedom of Expression - Students may freely express their points of view provided they do not seek to coerce others to join in their mode of expression and provided also that they do not otherwise intrude upon the rights of others during school hours.

--          Personal Appearance - Restrictions on a student's hair style or his manner of dress will be determined where there is a "clear and present danger to the student's health and safety, causes an interference with work, or creates classroom or school disorder" as a result of such hair style or manner of dress.  Participation in voluntary activities may necessitate specific requirements for approved grooming and dress due to the nature of the activity.

--          The Right to Petition - Students are allowed to present petitions to the administration at any time.  Collecting of signatures on petitions is limited to before and after school hours.  No student will be subjected to disciplinary measures of any nature for signing a petition addressed to the administration--assuming that the petition is free of obscenities, libelous statements, personal attack, advocation of disruption which poses a probable threat of disruption to the regular school program, and is within the bounds of reasonable conduct.

--          Student Due Process Rights - Students are to have clearly established means by which "administrative due process" is available to see that the individual's rights are protected.  Students are to be involved, singly and collectively, as citizens of the school with the attendant rights of such citizenship and corresponding responsibilities for the proper conduct of their own affairs and those of other students.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Constitution of Iowa, Art. I, Sec. 9

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
May 8, 1989
April 14, 1997
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
April 13, 1981
February 14, 1994
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:01

500.1 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

500.1 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for assisting the students of the school district in obtaining an education.  Each student will have an opportunity to obtain an education in compliance with the policies in this series.

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use it and its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same opportunity.

The board supports the delivery of the education program and services to students free of discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, marital status, national origin, creed, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.

In the delivery of the education program, students will treat the employees with respect and students will receive the same in return.  Employees have the best interests of the students in mind and will assist them in school-related or personal matters if they are able to do so.  Students should feel free to discuss problems, whether school-related or personal, with the guidance counselor or other employees.

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

Board policy refers to the term "parents" in many of the policies.  The term parents for purposes of this policy manual means the legal parents, the legal guardian or custodian of a student, and students who have reached the age of majority or are otherwise considered an adult by law.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Algona Community School District, Algona, Iowa 50511; or by telephoning 515-295-3528.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Citigroup Center, 500 W. Madison St., Ste. 1475, Chicago, IL, (312) 730-1560,

http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:03

501 - Student Attendance

501 - Student Attendance dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:05

501.1 - Resident Students

501.1 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student.  Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents.  A student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education.  Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).

Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (2013).
1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.
1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.
1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:06

501.2 - NonResident Students

501.2 - NonResident Students

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition.  The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in the school district may be permitted to attend without the payment of tuition at the discretion of the superintendent and approval of the board.  Students who plan to open enroll to the nonresident district may complete the school year without approval of the superintendent or board.  These students, other than students in grades eleven and twelve, must have the recommendation of the principal.

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition.  These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).

Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, .24 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:07

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.  Students will attend school the number of days school is in session in accordance with the school calendar.  Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 75 days per semester.  Students not attending the minimum days must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney.  Exceptions to this policy include children who:

  • have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
  • are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
  • are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
  • are attending an accredited nonpublic school;
  • are receiving independent private instruction; or,
  • are receiving competent private instruction.

It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.

The principal will investigate the cause for a student's truancy.  If the principal is unable to secure the truant student's attendance, the principal should discuss the next step with the school board.  If after school board action, the student is still truant, principal will refer the matter over to the county attorney.

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney.  The superintendent will represent the school district in mediation.  The school district will monitor the student's compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 259A; 279.10-.11; ch. 299; 299A (2013).

441 I.A.C. 41.25(8).
1978 Op. Att'y. Gen. 379.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:09

501.4 - Entrance Admissions

501.4 - Entrance Admissions

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five.  The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program.  The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

The board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education program.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate.  Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .6 (2013).

1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:10

501.6 - Student Transfers In

501.6 - Student Transfers In

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district.  If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination.  The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level.  Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.

The superintendent will determine the amount of credits to be transferred.  If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.

NOTE:  School districts do not need parental permission to request student records from previous school districts.  The school district sending the records must notify the parents that the student's records have been sent.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:11

501.6R1 - Nonaccredited School Transfers Regulation

501.6R1 - Nonaccredited School Transfers Regulation

Determination of Credit/Grades – High School Level
A transfer student from a nonaccredited setting who is a resident of the Algona Community School District  must attain  forty four (44) credits  for graduation from Algona High School.  These credits may be earned prior to graduation either through credits from credit equivalency in a nonaccredited setting, an accredited school or attendance in the Algona High School program.   The minimum number of credits from an accredited school  must be eleven (11).  These credits may be a combination of credits from the other accredited school or from Algona High School.  Furthermore, a minimum of six (6) high school credits must be obtained as a resident student of Algona with the student in attendance at either the Algona traditional high school or  alternative program.

Credit Equivalency
Credits for work completed in a nonaccredited setting may be awarded based on a substantial academic portfolio of work samples completed by the student and submitted for administrative review.  In addition, the student may be required at the discretion of the Superintendent of Schools or designee to demonstrate content competency through performance testing (either norm or criterion reference tests).  Grades for such course work will be recorded on the student transcript as either a pass or fail grade.

Grade Point Average and Class Rank
Only course work completed through an accredited school program will be used to establish a transferring student’s official grade point average.  Additionally, the transferring student must earn a minimum of eleven (11) credits at Algona High School in order to be “ranked” as a member of the graduating class.

Honors and Awards
To qualify for district or school honors and/or awards including consideration for local scholarship awards, a transfer student must attend for a minimum of two (2) semesters.

 

 

Legal Reference:                 
Chapter 299A.8

Date of Adoption:                                          
February 9, 1998                                            

Date of Review:
February 20, 2012

Date of Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:12

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program.  The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch tickets, etc. 

The notice should state the student's final day of attendance.  If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing.  This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent.  If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent.  The notice will inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.

                                         

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).

Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A (2013).

Approved                                           

Reviewed

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:14

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:15

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.

Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes.  In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).

Iowa Code §§ 22; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Approved                                           

Reviewed

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:16

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district.  As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district.

Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district no later than March 1 in the school year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment.  The notice is made on forms provided by the Department of Education.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the school district are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline.  Parents of children who will begin kindergarten will file in the same manner set forth above by September 1.  Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open enrollment request by September 1 unless another deadline applies.

The receiving district will approve open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law.  The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the start of the school year.  The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.

The board may approve a student’s request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.

An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving district is appropriate for the student’s needs.  The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 17.
1990 Op.  Att'y Gen. 75.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
July 10, 1989

Date of Review:
May 9, 2011                                                               

Date of Revisions
August 13, 1990
January 10, 1994
Februry 14, 1994

September 16, 1996
April 14, 1997
March 13, 2000

January 12, 2004                                                        
August 8, 2005
O
ctober 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:18

501.15 - Open Enrollment Tansfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

501.15 - Open Enrollment Tansfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district.  As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

The board will take action on the open enrollment request no later than June 1 in the year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment or the next regular board meeting following receipt of an open enrollment application.

The superintendent will notify the sending district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.  The superintendent will also forward a copy of the school district’s action with a copy of the open enrollment request to the Iowa Department of Education.

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists.  Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled.  Once the student is reinstated, the student’s open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts will be given highest priority.  The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts.  Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given the higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

Generally, students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will not be eligible for participation in interscholastic activities at the varsity level during the first ninety days of open enrollment into the school district.

Parents are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement unless the parents qualify for transportation assistance.  Upon a parent’s request, the board may approve transportation into the sending district.  The transportation is limited by agreement with the sending district.  The board’s approval is subject to the sending district’s approval.

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student’s needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed.  The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made.

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 17.
1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 75.

Date of Adoption:                                                        
July 10, 1989                                                               

Date of Review:          
February 14, 1994
March 13, 2000
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 13, 1990
April 14, 1997
January 12, 2004
August 8, 2005
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:20

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

The Algona Community School District believes all students should have access to a free, appropriate public education. The district will ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free, appropriate public education as other children and youth.

The term “homeless children and youth” means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence. The term includes:

  • Children and youth who are:
  • Sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason (sometimes referred to as “doubled up”);
  • Living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
  • Living in emergency or transitional shelters; or
  • Abandoned in hospitals.
  • Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
  • Children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
  • Migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described above.

To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board shall:

  • Designate the Homeless Coordinator as the local homeless children and youth liaison;
  • Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth;
  • Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth;
  • Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers;
  • Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements;
  • Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests;
  • Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation;
  • Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and
  • Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 6301.

42 U.S.C. § 11302.
42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq.    
281 I.A.C. 33.

Approved:
June 9, 2003

Reviewed:
May 9, 2011

Revised:
February 14, 2005
August 8, 2005
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:22

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:27

502.1 - Student Appearance

502.1 - Student Appearance

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment.  The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion.  Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed.  While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated.  When, in the judgment of a principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).

Bethal School District  v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F.Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:27

502.2 - Care of School Property – Vandalism

502.2 - Care of School Property – Vandalism

Students will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property.  Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district.  They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations.  They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:30

502.3 - Freedom of Expression

502.3 - Freedom of Expression

Student expression, other than student expression in student-produced official school publications, made on the school district premises or under the jurisdiction of the school district or as part of a school-sponsored activity may be attributed to the school district; therefore, student expression must be responsible.  Student expression must be appropriate to assure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.

Students will be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions as long as the expression is responsible.  The expression will not, in the judgment of the administration, encourage the breaking of laws, defame others, be obscene or indecent, or cause a material and substantial disruption to the educational program.  The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers an educational purpose.  Further, the expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.

Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures.  Employees are responsible for insuring students' expression is in keeping with this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
U.S. Const. amend. I.

Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:31

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint.  It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within ten days of the employee's decision.  If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within ten days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:32

502.5 - Student Lockers

502.5 - Student Lockers

Student lockers are the property of the school district.  Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school.  It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers.  Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers.  Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:33

502.6 - Weapons

502.6 - Weapons

The board believes weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons or dangerous objects and look-a-likes.  Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes shall be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.

Parents of students found to possess weapons or dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property shall be notified of the incident.  Possession or confiscation of weapons, or dangerous objects or look-a likes will be reported to the law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school shall be expelled for not less than one year.  Students bringing to school or possessing dangerous weapons, including firearms, will be referred to law enforcement authorities.  The Superintendent shall have the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law

Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials or other individuals authorized by the board are exempt from this policy.  The superintendent may develop an administraitive process and procedures to implement the policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
18 U.S.C. § 921

Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 483A.27(11), 724
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Date of Adoption:
October 10, 1994

Date of Review:
May 8, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011
Oct. 10, 2016

Date of Revision:
July 8, 1996

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:33

502.7 - Smoking - Drinking – Drugs

502.7 - Smoking - Drinking – Drugs

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.  Use, purchase or being in possession of cigarettes, tobacco or tobacco products for those under the age of eighteen, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.  Possession, use or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board.  If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance abuse prevention program will include:

  • Age-appropriate, developmentally-based drug and alcohol curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;
  • A statement to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful;
  • Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;
  • A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;
  • A statement that students may be required to successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;
  • Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;
  • A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and,
  • Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
34 C.F.R. Pt. 86 (2012).

Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8, .9; 453A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); .5(3)(e), .5(4)(e), .5(5)(e)

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:35

502.8 - Search and Seizure

502.8 - Search and Seizure

School district property is held in public trust by the board.  School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.  The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities.  The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, will not create a protected student area and will not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.

 School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search.  Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property.  Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
U.S. Const. amend. IV.

New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
Cason v. Cook, 810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).
Iowa Code ch. 808A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:38

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

I.      Searches, in general.

       A.  Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion:  A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up
             evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.

             Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:

  1.      eyewitness observations by employees;
  2.      information received from reliable sources;
  3.      suspicious behavior by the student; or,
  4.      the student's past history and school record although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.

      B.  Reasonable Scope:  A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the

           search.  Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:

  1.   the age of the student;
  2.   the sex of the student;
  3.   the nature of the infraction; and
  4.   the emergency requiring the search without delay.

II.    Types of Searches

      A.  Personal Searches

  1. A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.
  2. Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.
    a. 
    Pat-Down Search:  If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in
         private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.
    b. 
    A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the
         health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened.  Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same
         sex as the student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused
         by following these procedures.

 

      B.  Locker and Desk Inspections 

            Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times.  The school
            district has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained.  For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to
            unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk.  Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of
            lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual.  Any contraband discovered during such searches
            will be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.

            The contents of a student's locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that
            the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule.  Such searches should be conducted in the presence
            of another adult witness when feasible.

 

      C.  Automobile Searches

           Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student
           parking lots.  The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to
           believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:43

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal's office.  Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted.  Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 232; 280.17 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 102.
441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                                                  

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:48

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

The Board recognizes the need to regulate the use of motor vehicles at school by students who have a driver’s license or a school permit.  Students seeking a school permit who live less than one mile from their school of attendance may have the requirement waived if they have a disability that prevents the student from walking to school.

Rules and regulations concerning student-driven vehicles in addition to State motor vehicle laws shall be established by the Building Principal.  Motor vehicles shall not be used during school hours unless special permission is given by the Principal.  The privilege of parking in the school parking lot may be withdrawn by the Principal from the student if the student fails to comply with State law or rules and regulations as established by the Principal.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2013).

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
August 13, 1990
May 12, 1997
May 8, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
September 19, 1977
April 13, 1981
February 14, 1994
June 13, 2005
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:49

503 - Student Discipline

503 - Student Discipline dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:06

503.1 - Student Conduct

503.1 - Student Conduct

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy, and the administrative regulations supporting it, may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.

A student who commits an assault against an employee on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned or school-operated chartered vehicles; or while attending or engaged in school district activities will be suspended by the principal.  Notice of the suspension is sent to the board president.  The board will review the suspension and decide whether to hold a disciplinary hearing to determine whether to impose further sanctions against the student which may include expulsion.  In making its decision, the board shall consider the best interests of the school district, which shall include what is best to protect and ensure the safety of the school employees and students from the student committing the assault.  Assault for purposes of this section of this policy is defined as, when, without justification, a student does any of the following:

  • an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or
  • any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or
  • intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal, disciplining the student.

Suspension means; either an in-school suspension, an out-of-school suspension, a restriction from activities or loss of eligibility.  An in-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  An out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities.  An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).

Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987).
Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147  
N.W.2d 854 (1967).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8;282.3, 282.4, 282.5; 708.1.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975                                                         

Date of Review:
March 13, 2000
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
September 19, 1977
April 13, 1981
June 19, 1989
February 14, 1994
April 14, 1997
May 9, 2005
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:06

503.2 - Expulsion and Suspension

503.2 - Expulsion and Suspension

The Board of Directors (Board) may, by a majority vote, expel any student from school for a violation of the rules and regulations approved by the Board or when the presence of the student is detrimental to the best interests of the school.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:

  1. Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;
  2. The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;
  3. An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;
  4. The right to be represented by counsel; and
  5. The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.

When a student has been suspended, the student may be readmitted by the administrator who made the suspension.  When expelled by the Board, a student may be readmitted only by the Board or in the manner prescribed by it.

Appropriate due process procedures shall be used in all suspension and expulsion cases.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).

Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285
N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:10

503.3 - Fines - Fees – Charges

503.3 - Fines - Fees – Charges

The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others.  Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.

The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.  Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 18.2.
1994 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 227.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 532.

Approved:                                                                  
September 16, 1996                                                   

Reviewed:
May 12, 1997
May 8, 2000
June 13, 2005

February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:12

503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

The Board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees.  The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers, or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents' ability to meet the financial criteria.

A.       Waivers

  1. Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, , or transportation assistance under open enrollment.  Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.
  2. Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition Program.  A partial waiver shall be based on the same percentage as the reduced price meals.
  3. Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents are facing financial difficulty.  Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and shall not exceed beyond the end of the school year.

B.       Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver shall make an application on the form provided by the school district.  Applications may be made at any
           time but must be renewed annually.

C.       Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record, and student confidentiality and access
           provisions will be followed.

D.       Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the Board of Education.

E.       Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

F.       Notice - The school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver.  Information will be included in registration materials and printed in staff and
          student handbooks.

Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived.  Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees.  Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact Central Administration for a waiver form.  This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:19

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school.  Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  The principal will keep records of violations of the good conduct rule.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn.,

197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).
Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 36.15(1).

Approved:
February 14, 1994

Reviewed:
August 11, 1975                                             
April 14, 1997                                                
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
January 14, 1985                                            
August 13, 1990
May 13, 1996
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:22

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student and is prohibited.  It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.  No employee is prohibited from:

  •      Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:

                     --     To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.
                     --     To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's control.
                     --     For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.
                     --     For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5.
                     --     To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.
                     --     To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.
                     --     To protect the safety of others.

  •      Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation.  The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:

  1.    The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;
  2.    The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;
  3.    The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;
  4.    The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;
  5.    The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

Upon request, the student's parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Ingraham v.Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).

Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
Lai v. Erickson, PTPC Admin. Doc. 83-12 (1983).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 103.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Approved:                                          
February 14, 1994

Reviewed:
April 14, 1997
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
April 6, 2009
May 9, 2011

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:25

504 - Student Activities

504 - Student Activities dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:30

504.1 - Student Government

504.1 - Student Government

A student government in any school may be organized within the framework of guidelines adopted by the building principal and faculty representatives.

The function of student government shall be to provide a channel of communication between students and the professional staff of the building and opportunities for students to learn responsible leadership.  Regulations and policies shall always remain the province of the Board and administration.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
August 13, 1990
February 14, 1994
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
September 19, 1977
April 13, 1981
April 14, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:31

504.2 - Student Organizations

504.2 - Student Organizations

Secondary school student-initiated, noncurriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class.  Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.

Curriculum-Related Organizations

It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related.  One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

  •     Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?
  •     Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?
  •     Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?
  •     Is participation in the group required for a particular course?
  •     Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day.  Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

Noncurriculum-Related Organizations

Student-initiated, noncurriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.

Only students may attend and participate in meetings of noncurriculum-related groups.  Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated.  As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.

Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings.  Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance.  Only students may be involved in and attend the noncurriculum group's meetings.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens,

496 U.S. 226 (1990).
Bender v. Williamsport Area Community School District, 741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984), vacated and remanded on other grounds, 475 U.S. 534 (1986).
20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 287.1-.3; 297.9 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975                                                         

Date of Review:
April 14, 1997
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 14, 1985
August 13, 1990
February 14, 1994
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:33

504.3 - Student Publications

504.3 - Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal.  Official school publications include material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.

Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law.  A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.  The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 214.1.  Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 502.6.

The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code.  This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions.  The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).

Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Iowa Code § 280.22 (2013).

Date of Adoption: 

Date of Review:
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
January 14, 1985
August 13, 1990
February 14, 1994
April 14, 1997
April 10, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:36

504.3R1 - Student Publications Code

504.3R1 - Student Publications Code

A.    Official school publications defined.

An "official school publication" is material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.

 

B.    Expression in an official school publication.

  1. No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is:

             a.  obscene;
             b.  libelous;
             c.  slanderous; or
             d.  encourages students to:
                  1)  commit unlawful acts;
                  2)  violate school rules;
                  3)  cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;
                  4)  disrupt or interfere with the education program;
                  5)  interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
                  6)  infringe on the rights of others.

  1.  The official school publication is produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.

C.    Responsibilities of students.

  1. Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.
  1. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.
  1. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

D.    Responsibilities of faculty advisors.

Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.

E.     Liability.

Student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

F.     Appeal procedure.

  1. Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.4.
  1. Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 213.

G.    Time, place and manner of restrictions on official school publications.

  1. Official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.
  1. Distribution in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:

            a.  commit unlawful acts;
            b.  violate school rules;
            c.  cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;
            d.  disrupt or interfere with the education program;
            e.  interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
             f.  infringe on the rights of others.

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:38

504.4 - Student Performances

504.4 - Student Performances

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that worthy and appropriate educational values accrue from student participation in civic and community affairs.  As such, the Board endorses public performances by students when such performances contribute to the educational processes and objectives of the school, and when it does not unduly interfere with the student program.

  1. All such performances shall be approved by the supervising administrator.
  1. The extended use of one particular group should be discouraged.
  1. Extensive travel by a particular group should be discouraged.
  1. Student groups below the senior high level should engage in only limited activity.
     
  2. Generally, public performances shall not be allowed at places where drugs and alcohol or other mood altering substances are available.  Exceptions may be granted by the building administrator for local groups/activities such as service club banquets, Chamber of Commerce banquets. etc.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students.  Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).

Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
March 12, 1990
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
July 13, 1981
June 10, 1985
February 14, 1994
April 14, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:45

504.5 - School Fundraising

504.5 - School Fundraising

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes the potential for positive benefits to students and the school district from properly organized and operated fundraising activities.  School-based fundraising activities which require the participation of students and/or staff members may be approved by the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee.  Major fundraising campaigns (those defined as activities raising $2,500 or more) will be required to have the expressed approval of the Board prior to the implementation of the fundraising activity.

The Board, however, draws a distinction between school-initiated fundraising activities and those fundraising activities that may be initiated by an outside agent or business interest.  Therefore, the Board prohibits activity requiring students and teachers to assist in promoting campaigns, (financial, educational, charitable, or otherwise), which demand the time of students, teachers, and administrators, except as hereinafter provided, unless the same shall be in accord with the general policies of the Board.

Also, no agent, person, or persons shall be permitted to solicit any student or teacher for any purpose, distribute circulars, handbills, cards, or advertisements of any kind, make announcements of any nature, or take up contributions in any school building or on any premises, for any purpose whatsoever, except by approval of the Superintendent, as being in accord with the general policies of the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Senior Class of Pekin High School v. Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).

Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975                                                         

Date of Review:                                                         
September 19, 2011

Date of Revisions:
July 13, 1981
March 13, 1995
January 12, 1998
October 9, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:48

504.6 - Student Activity Program

504.6 - Student Activity Program

The Algona Community School District Board of Directors (Board) supports a student activity program to provide students opportunities in a non-academic setting to learn qualities of participation, leadership, cooperation, competition, and the skills of how to deal effectively with success and disappointment.  Participation in school activities is a privilege if students meet certain academic and behavior requirements as students of the Algona Community Schools and the community of Algona. 

The activities available to students are listed in district handbooks and other district publications.  It is the intent of the Board that the conduct of the student activity program not unduly disrupt the basic educational program or interfere with normal school district operations.  Normally, school-sponsored activities are also conducted under the auspices of the respective state associations that sponsor and provide oversight for student activity programs.

For certain activities the District may require proof of insurance, a completed physical and attendance by parents at an informational meeting prior to the student being declared eligible to participate in either practices or competitive games or activities.  In any case, students wanting to participate in any school activity must meet the requirements set out by the school district and any other governing agency for participation in that particular activity.

A high school or middle school student who participates in school sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season with approval of the High School Principal, Middle School Principal, or Athletic Director as appropriate.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686 (2012).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.6., 36.15(7).

Date of Adoption:                                          
November 18, 1997

Date of Review:
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revision:
April 10, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:50

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:58

505.1 - Student Progres Reports and Conferences

505.1 - Student Progres Reports and Conferences

Students will receive a progress report at the end of each nine-week grading period.  Students, who are doing poorly, and their parents, are notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade.  The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held each semester at the elementary to keep the parents informed.  The conferences at the high school and middle school are not individually scheduled.

Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time.  Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; .280, 284.12 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), .5(16).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
April 11, 1994

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revision:
September 15, 1997
November 8, 1999
June 12, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:58

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention – Acceleration

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention – Acceleration

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

Reading retention/promotion – grades kindergarten through three

In accordance with law, students in grades kindergarten through three will be assessed for their level of reading or reading readiness. Those students who exhibit a substantial deficiency in reading will be provided intensive reading instruction, and their parents/guardians will be provided written notice at least annually of the deficiency and the services that will be provided which are designed to remediate the deficiency. 

Beginning May 1, 2017, unless the school district is granted a waiver, if a student’s reading deficiency is not remedied by the end of grade three, the student’s parent/guardian will be informed that the student may enroll in an intensive summer reading program. If the student does not enroll in the intensive summer reading program, the student will be retained in grade three unless the student is exempt for good cause as provided by law. If the student is exempt from participating in an intensive summer reading program, or if the student completes the intensive summer reading program but is not reading proficient upon completion of the program, the student may be promoted to grade four; provided, however, that the student will continue to be provided intensive reading instruction until the student is proficient in reading.  

In determining whether to promote a student in grade three to grade four, the school district will place significant weight on any reading deficiency identified that is not yet remediated. The school district will also weigh the student’s progress in other subject areas as well as the student’s overall intellectual, physical, emotional, and social development. A decision to retain a student in grade three will be made only after direct personal consultation with the student’s parent/guardian and after the formulation of a specific plan of action to remedy the student’s reading deficiency.

Retention/Promotion other than reading retention in grades kindergarten through three: 

The district shall adhere to the following:

  • Retention/Promotion in kindergarten – eighth grade: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the licensed employee and the principal. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed. It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Retention/Promotion in ninth – twelfth grade: Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed.
  • It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade: Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, 279.8; .68; 280.3 (2015).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(16).

Approved: 
October 12, 2015             

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:01

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

All regularly enrolled students may be considered for honors or awards awarded by the school.  Specific qualifications and criteria for such awards shall be established by licensed school personnel who have been delegated the responsibility by the Superintendent of Schools or the building principal.  Students are made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
August 13, 1990
February 14, 1994
April 14, 1997
March 13, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
April 13, 1981
April 11, 2005
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:04

505.4 - Testing Program

505.4 - Testing Program

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.

No student is required, as part of any applicable program, funded by the United State Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

  • political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent:
  • mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;
  • sex behavior or attitudes;
  • illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;
  • critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
  • legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;
  • religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or
  • income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program),

Without the prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor), or in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the consent of the parent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h.

Iowa Code §§ 280.3.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975                                                          

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
May 11, 1981
April 11, 1994
September 15, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:06

505.5 - Graduation Requirements copy

505.5 - Graduation Requirements copy

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the Board of Directors (Board) and the Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate.  It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete 44 credits prior to graduation.  The following credits will be required.

      a.  8 credits in English/Literature
      b.  6 credits in Social Studies
      c.  6 credits in Science
      d.  6 credits in Mathematics
     
e.  1 credit in Health
      f.   2 credits in Physical Education
 
         One-fourth (1/4) credit per semester toward the 44 credit requirement will be allowed for successful completion of physical education.
      g.  ICAP Credit (maximum 1 credit)
 
         One-fourth (1/4) credit per year of attendance at AHS for successful completion of ICAP requirements

The required courses of study will be reviewed by the Board periodically or at least once in each 5-year period.  Graduation requirements for special education students will be in accordance with the prescribed course of study as described in their Individualized Education Program (IEP).  Each student's IEP will include a statement of the projected date of graduation at least 18 months in advance of the projected date and the criteria to be used in determining whether graduation will occur.  Prior to the special education student's graduation, the IEP team shall determine whether the graduation criteria have been met.

To be eligible for participation in commencement exercises students must have earned all credits as prescribed above at the time of commencement.

Additionally, students may opt for a core program diploma.  To be considered for a core diploma, a student must complete the following academic requirements:

      a.  8 credits in English/Literature
      b.  6 credits in Social Studies
      c.  6 credits in Science
      d.  6 credits in Mathematics
     
e.  1 credit in Health
       f.  1 credit in Physical Education

Students must have prior approval from administration, counselor, and parents before pursuing a core diploma.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.2, .5; 12.3(5) .

Adopted:  
March 14, 1977

Reviewed:
March 13, 2006

Revised:  
April 13, 2015
October 10, 2016
August, 14, 2017

           

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:08

505.5R - Credit Requirements for New Students

505.5R - Credit Requirements for New Students

Students who complete four years of high school at Algona must have 44 credits to graduate of which 29 are required.  Barring failure, no students have difficulty reaching this goal.  All of our students carry 6 subjects per semester and some carry more.  However, students moving into Algona prior to or during junior or senior years from schools requiring fewer credits may have difficulty accumulating the requisite 44 graduation credits.

                                                                    SEMESTERS
                        9th                       10th                  11th                  12th
                    1          2           3           4           5           6            7          8
44 cr.       5.5          11      16.5         22      27.5         33       38.5        44
42 cr.       5.25        10.5   15.75       21      26.25       31.5    36.75      42
40 cr.       5              10     15            20      25            30       35           40
36 cr.       4.5            9      13.5         18      22.5         27       31.5        36
32 cr.       4               8      12            16      20            24       28           32

  1.  All students regardless of entry date (except as noted below) must meet the 27 credits required
  2.  Students transferring to Algona at the end of the first semester of their junior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.

            If from a 32-33 credit system - 38.5 credits

            If from a 34-35 credit system - 41 credits

            If from a 36-37 credit system - 42.5 credits

            If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits

  1. Students transferring to Algona at the end of their junior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.

            If from a 32-33 credit system - 38.5 credits

            If from a 34-35 credit system - 40 credits

            If from a 36-37 credit system - 42 credits

            If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits

  1.  Students transferring at the end of the first semester of their senior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.

            If from a 32-33 credit system - 36.5 credits

            If from a 34-35 credit system - 38.5 credits

            If from a 36-37 credit system - 40.5 credits

            If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits

 

 

Adopted:
April 11, 1994.

Reviewed: 
July 11, 2011

Revised:
September 15, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:11

505.6 - Early Graduation

505.6 - Early Graduation

Students may graduate prior to the completion of grade twelve if the course work required for graduation under Board policy "Graduation Requirements" has been fulfilled.  In such cases, the student must have the approval of the Board and a recommendation by the superintendent and the principal.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.2; .5; 12.3(5)

Date of Adoption:                                      
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revisions:
April 11, 1994
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:20

505.8 - Parental Involvment

505.8 - Parental Involvment

Parental and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school.  The Board encourages parents to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success. 

  1. The Board will direct its administrative staff to continue to utilize the existing Title I parent and family advisory system to involve parents and families in the development of the Title I Plan.  In addition, the Title I Plan shall be incorporated as an integral part of the district’s Comprehensive School Improvement Plan as submitted to the Department of Education, and all Title I staff members shall be involved fully in complying with the requirements of the Comprehensive School Improvement Plan and establishing annual classroom improvement objectives for instruction as a Title I teacher.
  1. The Board will provide the resources and staff necessary to facilitate the coordination, technical assistance, and other support services necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating Title I schools in planning and implementing effective parental and family engagement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance.
  1. The Board will support building capacity for strong parental and family engagement by continuing the current system of parent-teacher conferences twice per year and continuing to support the existing practice of contracts with parents and families of Title I students outlining the services that students are to receive in a Title I program and how parents and families can assist in helping their children perform better in reading achievement at home.
  1. The Board will provide administrative staff to coordinate and integrate parental and family engagement strategies under Title I with other programs, such as Head Start, Reading First, Reading Recovery, etc.
  1. The Board will require an annual survey to conduct an evaluation involving the parents and families in the assessment of the content and effectiveness of the parental and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served, including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents and families in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income, Limited English Proficient (LEP), minorities, individuals with disabilities, low literacy) and use the findings of the evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family engagement and to revise, as necessary, the parent and family engagement policies; and
  1. The Board will direct its administrative staff to determine, with the input of parents and families, how to best involve parents and families in meaningful Title I activities.

The Board will review this policy annually.  The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal References:      
20 U.S.C. § 6318

Approved:                                                                  
March 14, 2005                                                            

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:22

506 - Student Records

506 - Student Records dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:26

506.1 - Student Records Access

506.1 - Student Records Access

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality, as provided by law. Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages. The board secretary is the custodian of education records. Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center.

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:

  • “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
  • “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student. 

An education record may contain information on more than one student. Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.  Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records. Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or eligible student from accessing the records. A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records. 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records. 

Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission. This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student. This disclosure may be:

  • To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
  • To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
  • To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
  • In connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
  • To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
  • To accrediting organizations;
  • To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
  • To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
  • Consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies;
  • In connection with a health or safety emergency;
  • As directory information; or
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records. The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s education records. This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records. 

Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation. Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified. This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district. If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records. Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.

The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system.  The school district will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agencies (agencies) involved.

The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the school district and the agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.  Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family. 

Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

Confidential information shared between the school district and the agencies will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. The school district may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the school district determines that the agency has violated the intent or letter of the agreement.

Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled.  The principal will then forward copies of the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy. Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:

  1. Inspect and review the student's education records;
  2. Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
  3. Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
  4. File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.

The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language. Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy. Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 1415.
34 C.F.R. §§ 99; 300.610 et seq.
Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B; 280.24; 280.25; 622.10.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:        
501      Student Attendance

505      Student Scholastic Achievement
506      Student Records
507      Student Health and Well-Being
603.3   Special Education
708      Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
901      Public Examination of School District Records

Adopted:
June 19, 1989

Reviewed:
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
February 14, 1994
May 12, 1997
May 8, 2000
June 13, 2005
April 6, 2009
October 10, 2016
May 8, 2017

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:27

506.1E2 - Request of NonParent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

506.1E2 - Request of NonParent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

See form attached

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:34

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

To:  ___________________________________________________________     Date:  ________________________________
          Parent/or Guardian

Street Address:  _________________________________________________________________________________________
City/State:  _____________________________________________________  ZIP:  ___________________________________

Please be notified that copies of the [insert school district name]’s official education records concerning                                        , (full legal name of student) have been transferred to:

________________________________________________________________     ____________________________________
School District Name                                                                                                    Address

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

 

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here            and return this form to the undersigned. A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

 

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.

                                                                                                                                     _____________________________________________
                                                                                                                                      (Name)

                                                                                                                                     _____________________________________________
                                                                                                                                      (Title)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:40

506.1E6 - Letter to Parents Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

506.1E6 - Letter to Parents Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

Date

 

 

 

Dear     (Parent)    :

 

This letter is to notify you that the Algona Community School District has received a    (subpoena or court order) _ requesting copies of your child's education records.  The specific records requested are

                                                                                                                                                                        .

 

The school district has until   (date on subpoena or court order)   to deliver the documents to   (requesting party on subpoena or court order).  If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at   (phone #)    .

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

(Principal or Superintendent)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:45

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

Statement of Purpose: The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

Identification of Agencies: This agreement is between Algona Community School District (hereinafter "School District") and Juvenile Court Services(hereinafter "Agencies").

Statutory Authority: This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38.

Parameters of Information Exchange:

  1. The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.
  2. Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.
  3. Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.
  4. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.
  5. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
  6. Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.
  7. This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.  Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.

Records' Transmission: The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled. The principal will forward the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

Confidentiality: Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent. Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law. 

Amendments: This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing. Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.

Term: This agreement is effective from [insert date].

Termination: The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.

 

APPROVED:

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:47

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  They are:

  1. The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

    Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect. The principal (or appropriate school official) will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.
     

  2. The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in -violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA.

    Parents or eligible students who wish to ask the school district to amend a record should write the school principal (or appropriate school official), clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.

    If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.
     

  3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.

    One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel), a person serving on the school board; A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of personally identifiable information from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist; a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

    A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

    Upon request, the district discloses education records without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll, or is already enrolled if the disclosure is for purposes of the student’s enrollment or transfer.  (NOTE: FERPA requires a school district to make a reasonable attempt to notify the parent or eligible student of the records request unless it states in its annual notification that it intends to forward records on request.)

  1. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:
                             Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
                             400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:51

506.1R1 - Use of Student Records Regulation

506.1R1 - Use of Student Records Regulation

Student records are all official records, files, and data directly related to students, including all material incorporated into each student's cumulative record folder and intended for school use or to be available to parties outside the school or school system specifically including, but not necessarily limited to:  dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

 

The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from parents for access to their child's records, use of the data, and procedures for its transmittal within forty-five calendar days.

 

A.    Access to Records

  1. The parent or legal guardian of a student will have access to these records upon written request to the board secretary.

    The parent or legal guardian will, upon written request to the board secretary, have the opportunity to receive an interpretation of the records, have the right to question the data, and, if a difference of opinion is noted, is permitted to file a letter in the cumulative folder stating the dissenting person's position.  If further challenge is made to the record, the normal appeal procedures established by school policy will be followed.

    A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.

  1. School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest.  A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. 

B.    Release of Information Outside the School

  1. To release student records to other school(s) in which the student intends to enroll, the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student must be notified of the transfer and the kinds of information being released unless the school district annually notifies parents that the records will be sent automatically.
  1. Student records may be released to official education and other government agencies only if allowed by state or federal law.
  1. To release student records to other persons or agencies, written consent is given by the parent, legal guardian, or a student of majority age.  This consent form will state which records are released, to whom they are released, and the reason for the release.  A copy of the specific records being released will be made available to the person signing the release form if requested.
  1. Before furnishing student records in compliance with judicial orders or pursuant to any lawfully issued subpoena, the school district will make a reasonable attempt to notify the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student are notified in advance.

   [5.  Student records may be shared with juvenile justice agencies with which the school district has an interagency agreement.  This information is shared without
         prior parental consent.  The agreement is a public document available for inspection.]

Hearing Procedures

  1. Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
  1. The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request.  The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
  1. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  1. The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues.  The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
  1. The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
  1. The parents may appeal the hearing officers decision to the superintendent within 10 days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  1. The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision, or the hearing officers decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within 10 days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:54

506.2 - Student Directory Information

506.2 - Student Directory Information

Directory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information." The district has designated the following as “directory information”:

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs. 

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
20 U.S.C. § 1232g

34 C.F.R. § 99
Iowa Code § 22; 622.10
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016
May 8, 2017

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:58

506.2E1 - Authorization of Releasing Student Directory Information

506.2E1 - Authorization of Releasing Student Directory Information

The Algona Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.  A copy of the school district's policy is available for review in the office of the Superintendent.

This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information: 

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than, August 15, 20         of this school year.  If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

 

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RETURN THIS FORM

Algona Community School District

Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for the

20     - 20      school year.

Student Name:_______________________________________

Date of Birth:_______________________________________

School:_____________________________________________                                                

Grade: ______________

 

_______________________________________________              ________________________

Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Student                Date

 

This form must be returned to your child’s school no later than August 15, 20   . Additional forms are available at the student’s school.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:00

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that Algona School District, with certain exceptions, obtain your written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from your child’s education records.  However, Algona School District may disclose appropriately designated “directory information” without written consent, unless you have advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures.  The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Algona School District to include this type of information from your child’s education records in certain school publications.  Examples include:

  • A playbill, showing your student’s role in a drama production;
  • The annual yearbook;
  • Honor roll or other recognition lists;
  • Graduation programs; and,
  • Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.

Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent’s prior written consent.  Outside organizations include, but are not limited to, companies that manufacture class rings or publish yearbooks.  In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with the following information – names, addresses and telephone listings – unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their student’s information disclosed without their prior written consent. [1] 

If you do not want the Algona School District to disclose directory information from your child’s education records without your prior written consent, you must notify the District in writing by September 1st each year.  The objection must be renewed annually.  Algona School District has designated the following information as directory information: 

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

[1]  These laws are: Section 9528 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (20 U.S.C. § 7908) and 10 U.S.C. § 503(c).

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:01

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries.  As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent.  Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department.  Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents.  Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.

It is the teacher-librarian's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records.  Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district.  If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 22 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (12).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Adopted:
July 13, 2009

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:04

507 - Student Health and Well-Being

507 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:05

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district.  A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician is on file at the attendance center.  Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent.  Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law.  The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so.  Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission.  Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission.  The district may conduct TB tests of current students.

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law.  The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 280.13 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 33.5.
641 I.A.C. 7.

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975             

Date of Review:               
February 14, 1994
May 8, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011                                                  

Date of Revisions:    
April 13, 1981
August 13, 1990
April 14, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:06

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.

Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by an authorized practitioner with the student and the student's parent.  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.   By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.   

Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physician, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course).  A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion shall be maintained by the school.

A written medication administration record shall be on file including:

•     date;

•     student’s name;

•     prescriber or person authorizing administration;

•     medication;

•     medication dosage;

•     administration time;

•     administration method;

•     signature and title of the person administering medication; and

•     any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.  Medication information shall be confidential information as provided by law

Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired medication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept. 9, 2014).

Iowa Code §§124.101(1); 147.107; 152.1; 155A.4(2); 280.16; 280.23.
281 IAC §41.404(3)
657 IAC §8.32(124); §8.32(155A).
655 IAC §6.2(152).

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975             

Date of Review:               

Date of Revisions:   
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:08

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

_________________________________      ___/___/___   _________________  ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First)  (Middle)            Birthday                  School                   Date

The following must occur for a student to self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication or for a student with a risk of anaphylaxis to self-administer an epinephrine auto-injector:

  • Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
  • Parent/guardian provides a written statement from the student’s licensed health care professional (A person licensed under chapter 148 to practice medicine and surgery or osteopathic medicine and surgery, an advanced registered nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 152 or 152E and registered with the board of nursing, or a physician assistant licensed to practice under the supervision of a physician as authorized in chapters 147 and 148C) containing the following:
    • Name and purpose of the medication,
    • Prescribed dosage, and
    • Times or special circumstances under which the medication or epinephrine auto-injector is to be administered.
    • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
    • Authorization shall be renewed annually.  In addition, if any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, the school shall permit the self-administration of medication by a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease or the use of an epinephrine auto-injector by a student with a risk of anaphylaxis while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

Pursuant to state law, the school district or and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or an epinephrine  auto-injector by the student as provided by law.

 

                                                                                                                                               

Medication                  Dosage                        Route                                                  Time

 

                                                                                                                                                

Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions

                                                                                                            /           /          

Special Circumstances                                                            Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                            /     /      

Prescriber’s Signature                                                             Date

 

                                                                                                                                               

Prescriber’s Address                                                              Emergency Phone

 

  • I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication
  • I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
  • I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
  • I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
  • I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
  • Student maintains self-administration record.

 

                                                                                                            /           /          

Parent/Guardian Signature                                                     Date

(agreed to above statement)                           

 

                                                                                                                                               

Parent/Guardian Address                                                       Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                Business Phone

 

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information                                                  

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:10

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

_________________________________                 ___/___/___     _________________  ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First),  (Middle)                      Birthday                   School                   Date

School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:

  • Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.
  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container.
  • The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.

 

                                                                                                                                                             

Medication/Health Care                      Dosage                                    Route                          Time at School

 

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                

Administration instructions

                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                                

Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects

            /           /          

Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

                                                                                                /           /          

Prescriber’s Signature                                                 Date

                                                                                                                                    

Prescriber's Address                                                   Emergency Phone

I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).  I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.

 

 

                                                                                                            /           /          

Parent's Signature                                                                   Date

                                                                                                                                    

Parent's Address                                                                     Home Phone

                                                                                                                                    

Additional Information                                                                       Business Phone

                                                                                                                                               

                       

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

Authorization Form

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:13

507.3 - Communicable Diseases – Students

507.3 - Communicable Diseases – Students

Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunosupressed students is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease.

For more information on communicable disease charts, and reporting forms, go to the Iowa Department of Public Health Web site:  http://www.idph.state.ia.us/CADE/Default.aspx

 

 

Legal Reference:        
School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).

29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (2012).
45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2012).
Iowa Code ch. 139A.8 (2013).
641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.

Adopted:                                                        
October 10, 1988

Reviewed:                                                                  
November 8, 1993                                                     
May 8, 2000                                                               
February 13, 2006

Revised:
March 10, 1997                                                          
July 12, 1999
May 9, 2005
May 9, 2011
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:15

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

Students who become ill or are injured at school will be given first aid.  Whenever possible, parents will be notified by phone and instructions will be requested as to the disposal of the case.  When the parent has no telephone or cannot be reached, the ill or injured child shall be transported home, to the hospital, or to the doctor's office by a member of the school staff as deemed necessary.  A student accident report should be completed and submitted to the District office as soon as possible after the injury.

In cases of emergency, the pupil shall be transported to a hospital or a doctor's office by ambulance or other available types of transportation.  If possible, the family physician listed on the office records shall be contacted.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 613.17 (2013).

Adopted:
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
August 13, 1990
April 14, 1997
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
April 13, 1981
November 8, 1982
January 10, 1983
January 14, 1985
February 14, 1994
May 8, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:17

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency.  Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters are conducted each school year.  Fire and tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.

Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures.  The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees.  Employees will participate in emergency drills.  Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 100.31 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 41.25(3).

Adopted:                                                                    
March 14, 2005

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:18

507.6 - Student Insurance

507.6 - Student Insurance

An all-pupil insurance and/or dental program may be offered to the parents of the pupils in the District.  The Board of Directors upon recommendation of the Superintendent of Schools shall select insurance companies to issue such policies for all schools in the District.

The purchase of pupil insurance shall be voluntary with the entire cost being paid by the student or the student's parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Adopted:
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
August 13, 1990
May 12, 1997
May 8, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
September 19, 1977
April 13, 1981
February 14, 1994
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:19

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district.  The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights.  Court orders that have been issued are followed by the school district.  It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6 (2013).

441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:21

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day.  These students will receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).

Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.404(1)(f); (3)(f); 41.405

Approved:                                                      
March 14, 2005                                              

Reviewed:                                                      
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011                                                   

Revised:                                                         
June 13, 2005             
April 6, 2009
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:22

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program.  These students will receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.

 

A.    Definitions

"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services.  Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel.  Each designation considers the student's special health service.  The rationale for the designation is documented.  If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.

"Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.

"Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

"Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program.

"Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.

"Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan.  Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school.

"Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program.  It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies.  The plan is updated as needed and at least annually.  Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.

"Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.

"Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

"Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

“Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:

  •     Interpretation or intervention,
  •     Administration of health procedures and health care, or
  • Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.

"Supervision"- the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel.  Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:

  • physically present.   
  • available at the same site.
  • available on call.

B.    Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school.  Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:

  • Participate as a member of the education team.
  • Provide the health assessment.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.
  • Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
  • Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
  • Maintain a record of special health services.  The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
  • Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.
  • Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
  • Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.

C.    Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:

  • Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
  • Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
  • Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
  • Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.

D.    Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services.  The documented rationale will include the following:

  • Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
  • Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
  • Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.
  • Review of the designated person's competency.
  • Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.

E.     Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.

F.     Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan.  Documentation of instruction and periodic updates are on file at school.

G.    Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such.  The equipment is stored in a secure area.  The personnel responsible for the equipment are designated in the individual health plan.  The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:24

507.9 - Wellness Policy

507.9 - Wellness Policy

The Algona Community School District Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.   

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:  

The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:

  • Nutrition Education and Promotion:  Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
  • Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
  • Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle. 

The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:

  • Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
  • Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum.  This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
  • Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
  • Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.  

The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:

  • Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
  • Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
  • Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
  • Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.

42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).
281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.

Date of Approval:
March 13, 2006                              

Date of Revision:
August 9, 2010
May 9, 2011
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:27

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

Specific Wellness Goals:

  • Increase low fat/low sugar options on menus, ala carte and concession stands;
  • Gather appropriate information from health and fitness professionals within the school district and surrounding community for development of appropriate fitness, weight management, and healthy eating programs for staff. 
  • The nutrition guidelines for all foods available will focus on promoting student health and reducing childhood obesity in the school district.

 The school district will provide physical education that:

  • is daily (The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends at least 150 minutes a week for elementary students and 225 minutes a week for middle and high school students);
  • is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year;
  • is taught by a certified physical education teacher;
  • includes students with disabilities, students with special health-care needs may be provided in alternative educational settings; and,
  • engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time.

Elementary schools should provide recess for students that:

  • is at least 20 minutes a day;
  • is preferably outdoors;
  • encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the provision of space and equipment; and,
  • discourages extended periods (i.e., periods of two or more hours) of inactivity.
  • when activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, schools should give students periodic breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active.
  • Employees should not use physical activity (e.g., running laps, pushups) or withhold opportunities for physical activity (e.g., recess, physical education) as punishment.

In each school:

  • The principal will ensure compliance with those policies in the school and will report on the school’s compliance to the superintendent; and
  • Food service staff at the school district level will ensure compliance with nutrition policies within food service areas and will report on this matter to the superintendent or principal.
  • The school district will report on the most recent USDA School Meals Initiative (SMI) review findings and any resulting changes.   If the school district has not received a SMI review from the state agency within the past five years, the school district will request from the state agency that a SMI review be scheduled as soon as possible.
  • The superintendent will develop a summary report every three years on school district-wide compliance with the school district’s established nutrition and physical activity wellness policies, based on input from schools within the district; and
  • The report will be provided to the school board and also distributed to all school wellness committees, parent/teacher organizations, principals and health services personnel in the school district. To help with the initial development of  the school district’s wellness policies, each school in the  school district will conduct a baseline assessment of the school’s existing nutrition and physical activity environments and practices.  The results of those school-by-school assessments will be compiled at the school district level to identify and prioritize needs. Assessments will be repeated every two years to help review policy compliance, assess progress and determine areas in need of improvement.  As part of that review the school district will review the nutrition and physical activity policies and practices and the provision of an environment that supports healthy eating and physical activity.  The school district and individual schools within the school district will revise the wellness policies and develop work plans to facilitate their implementation.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:31

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:29

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

Student groups may make expenditures for gifts to the District upon securing the recommendation of the Principal and approval of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent).  Gifts may be accepted and acknowledged by the Superintendent or a designated representative acting for the Board of Directors.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2 (2013).

Approved:                 
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
August 14, 1989
February 14, 1994
May 8, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
September 19, 1977
April 13, 1981
January 14, 1985
May 12, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:29

508.2 - Open Night

508.2 - Open Night

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes the valuable student educational and recreational activities offered by local churches and other community organizations.  Therefore, in keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday night beyond 5:00 p.m. at the middle school level and beyond 6:00 p.m. at the high school level to the maximum extent possible.  It is the Board’s intent that middle school student practices for all activities be concluded by 5:00 p.m. so that the students are out of the building no later than 5:30 p.m. and that high school student activities and practices are scheduled so that the high school student activity concludes at 6:00 p.m. so that the students are out of the building no later than 6:30 p.m.

The Sunday open gymnasium activity will be scheduled so as to minimize conflicts with other regularly scheduled Sunday activities involving students of the Algona Community School District. 

It shall be the responsibility of the various activity sponsors, coaches, athletic director, and building principals to oversee the scheduling of school activities to maintain maximum compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Adopted:                                                                                
July 12, 1999

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

Revised:
February 10, 2003
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:32

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:15

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program

The goals and objectives of the school district are designed to achieve the philosophy statement of the school district.  An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.

Short-term and long-term objectives for the education program are established annually by the board.  These objectives will reflect the results of the needs assessment, recommendation of the advisory committee, recommendations from the superintendent, and changes in law.

Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward the achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program

 

 

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:39

601 - General Organization

601 - General Organization dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:42

601.1 - School Calendar

601.1 - School Calendar

The school district's academic calendar shall accommodate the educational program of the school district.  The calendar shall be for a minimum of 1080 hours and include, but not be limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development and in-service, and time for teacher conferences.

The school academic year for students shall be for a minimum of 180 days or 1080 hours in the school calendar.  The school academic year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23.  School district personnel may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the district requirements for graduation have been met.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up missed days due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district’s graduation requirements.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's educational program.  The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3 (2013); 299.1 (2) (2015)

281 I.A.C. 12.1(7); 41.106.

Approved: 
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:    
July 11, 2011

Revised: 
July 13, 2015
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:42

601.2 - School Day

601.2 - School Day

The student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period.  The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district.  Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of students’ instructional time.  The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.

The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten.  The school day will consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.

The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day.  If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.  Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.

When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session will constitute a school day.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 256.7, 279.8, .10 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.1(1), .1(7-10).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:43

602 - Curriculum Development

602 - Curriculum Development dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:45

602.1 - Curriculum Development

602.1 - Curriculum Development

Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design.  Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline.  This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area).  Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students.

A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

  • Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learnings for our students.
  • Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
  • Facilitates communication and coordination.
  • Improves classroom instruction.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities.  A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:

  • Study the latest thinking, trends, research, and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
  • Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
  • Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;
  • Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
  • Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences:
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding the content area;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions;
  • Verify integration of local, state, and/or federal mandates (MCNS, school-to-work, etc.);
  • Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress of each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7, 279.8; 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.

Approved:
June 19, 1989

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
April 11, 1994
August 11, 1997
June 12, 2000
March 13, 2006
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:45

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended.  How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as distinct from what was supposed to happen.  Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level.  There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

  • Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
  • Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation.  A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:

  • Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
  • Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources. (See Policy 605.1).
  • Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content.
  • Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);
  • Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);
  • Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
  • Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C.  12.8.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revisions:
June 12, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:48

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do.  It refers to the full range of information gathered in the School District to evaluate student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning.  A curriculum framework shall describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities.

  • Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
  • Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
  • Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
  • Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
  • Identify procedures for analyzing and intepreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (incouding analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
  • Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);
  • Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
  • Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
  • Define data reporting procedures;
  • Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;
  • Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
  • Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;
  • Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
  • Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised or curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C.  12.8.

Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011                                                             

Date of Revisions:
April 11, 1994
August 11, 1997
June 12, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:49

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum.  Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent.  Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board.  Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program.  A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques.  These programs or projects are designated as research or experimental projects or programs.  The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project.  The inspection and review by the parents is in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3 (20113).
281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:51

603 - Instructional Curriculum

603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:53

603.2 - Summer School Instruction

603.2 - Summer School Instruction

The Algona Community School District recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district shall offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following:

  • Beginning in the summer of 2017, the district shall offer, unless a waiver from this requirement is granted by the Iowa Department of Education, an intensive summer literacy program for students assessed as exhibiting a substantial deficiency in reading. The applicable legal requirements for the intensive summer literacy program, including, but not limited to those relating to criteria and notification, shall be followed.
  • The board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas. Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.
  • If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .11, .68; 280.3; 282.6 (2015).

Iowa Admin. Code. r. 281—41.106 (2015).

Approved: 
October 12, 2015                               

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:55

603.3 - Special Education

603.3 - Special Education

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students.  The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education.  The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.  Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.  The appropriate education for each student is written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).

Special education students are required to meet the requirements stated in board policy or in their IEPs for graduation.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system.  The school district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2.  This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).

Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public
Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq. (2010).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.109; 41.404

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:56

603.4 - Multicultural Gender Fair Education

603.4 - Multicultural Gender Fair Education

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, creed, color, sex, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students.  The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society.  Special emphasis is placed on Asian-Americans, African-Americans, Hispanic-Americans, American Indians, European-Americans, and persons with disabilities.  It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).

Approved:    
July 3, 2013

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:58

603.5 - Health Education

603.5 - Health Education

Students in grade levels kindergarten through twelve shall receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health, food and nutrition, environmental health, safety and survival skills, consumer health, family life, substance use and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body, emotional and social health, health resources, prevention and control of disease, including characteristics of communicable disease.  While the areas stated above shall be included in health education, the instruction shall be adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.  Beginning no later than in grade seven, characteristics of communicable disease shall include information about sexually transmitted diseases.

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the pupil be excused from the instruction.  The written request shall include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the Superintendent or designee.  The Superintendent or designee shall have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Approved:
June 18, 1990

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
August 11, 1997
June 12, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:59

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Excuse Form

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Excuse Form

Student Name:  _____________________________________________  Grade:  ________________

 

Parent/Guardian:  ___________________________________________  Phone #:  _______________

 

Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for you to follow.

 

                            Objective                                                                            Class / Grade

 

       Ex.      To understand the consequences of                                                 Health Education / 6

                  responsible and irresponsible sexual

                  behavior.

 

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

4.

 

5.

 

6.

 

7.

 

8.

 

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/will be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.

 

Signed:  ______________________________________________________________  Date:  ____________________________
                (Parent or Guardian)

Signed:  ______________________________________________________________  Date:  ____________________________
                (School Administrator)

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:01

603.6 - Physical Education

603.6 - Physical Education

Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:

  • the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or
  • the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.

Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student's absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 256.11 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:04

603.7 - Career Education

603.7 - Career Education

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve.  This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program.  Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:05

603.9 - Academic Freedom

603.9 - Academic Freedom

The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods.  Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.

It is the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:06

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:07

603.10 - Global Education

603.10 - Global Education

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. 

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 19, 1989                                                             

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revisions:
April 11, 1994
June 12, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:08

603.11 - Citizenship

603.11 - Citizenship

Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.

As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community.  As part of this learning opportunity students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.5(3)(b)-(5)(b).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:09

604 - Alternative Programs

604 - Alternative Programs dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:11

604.1 - Private Instruction

604.1 - Private Instruction

The Algona Community School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.

Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school.

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.

Competent private instruction means private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, which results in the student making adequate progress.  Competent private instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law. 

Independent private instruction means instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.

281 I.A.C. 31.

Approved:
January 13, 1992

Reviewed:
April 14, 1997
Marcy 13, 2000
February, 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
February 14, 1994
May 9, 2005
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:11

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes some students require qualitative differentiated programming beyond the regular education program.  The Board shall identify students with special abilities and provide educational programming.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee to develop a talented and gifted program.

It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations for identifying students, for program evaluation and for training of School District personnel.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.

Date of Adoption:                                                                              
June 19, 1989                                                               

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revisions:
August 11, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:13

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The Board shall provide a program to encourage and provide an opportunity for students at risk to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee to develop a program for students at risk.

It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of school district personnel.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 65.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revisions:
April 11, 1994
September 15, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:14

604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

Students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or vocational-technical credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  The student may receive academic or vocational-technical credits through an agreement between a post-secondary educational institution or with the board's approval on a case-by-case basis.

Students in grades nine through twelve who successfully complete courses in post-secondary educational institutions under an agreement between the school district and the post-secondary educational institution will receive academic and vocational-technical credits in accordance with the agreement.

Students who have completed the eleventh grade but who have not completed the graduation requirements set out by the board may take up to seven semester hours of credit at a post-secondary educational institution during the summer months when school is not in session if the student pays for the courses.  Upon successful completion of these summer courses, the students will receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements set out by the board.  Successful completion of the course is determined by the post-secondary educational institution.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the academic credit to be awarded to the student for the summer courses.

The following factors are considered in the board's determination of whether a student will receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for a course at a post-secondary educational institution:

  • the course is taken from a public or accredited private post-secondary educational institution;
  • a comparable course is not offered in the school district.  A comparable course is one in which the subject matter or the purposes and objectives of the course are similar, in the judgment of the board, to a course offered in the school district;
  • the course is in the discipline areas of mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, vocational-technical education, or a course offered in the community college career options program;
  • the course is a credit-bearing course that leads to a degree;
  • the course is not religious or sectarian; and
  • the course meets any other requirements set out by the board.

Students in grades eleven and twelve who take courses, other than courses taken under an agreement between the school district and the post-secondary educational institution, are responsible for transportation without reimbursement to and from the location where the course is being offered.

Ninth and tenth grade talented and gifted students and all students in grades eleven and twelve will be reimbursed for tuition and other costs directly related to the course up to $250.  Students who take courses during the summer months when school is not in session are responsible for the costs of attendance for the courses.

Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit will reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course.  Prior to registering for the course, students under age eighteen will have a parent sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit for the course.  Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit for the course for reasons beyond their control, including, but not limited to, the student's incapacity, death in the family or a move to another district, may not be responsible for the costs of the course.  The school board may waive reimbursement of costs to the school district for the previously listed reasons.  Students dissatisfied with a school board's decision may appeal to the AEA for a waiver of reimbursement.

The superintendent or designee is responsible for annually notifying students and parents of the opportunity to take courses at post-secondary educational institutions in accordance with this policy.  The superintendent or designee will also be responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 261E.6, E.7,; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12, 22.

Approved:                                                                  
March 13, 1989                                                          

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
April 11, 1994
August 11, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:15

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, legal or actual custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may dual enroll the student in the school district for specific programs.  Parents, guardians, legal or actual custodians requesting dual enrollment for their student should notify the Board Secretary prior to the third Friday of September each year on forms provided by the school district.  The forms are available at the Superintendent of School's office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district.  The policies and administrative rules of the school district shall apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled in the school district.  These policies and administrative rules shall include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of the fees required for participation.

A dual enrollment student or the student's parent, guardian, legal or actual custodian will not be responsible for the cost of the student's annual evaluation.

It is the responsibility of the dual enrollment student to inform the school district of the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student wishes to participate.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A.

281 I.A.C. 31.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
January 13, 1992

Date of Review:
April 14, 1997
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
February 14, 1994
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:16

604.8 - Foreign Exchange Students

604.8 - Foreign Exchange Students

Qualified foreign exchange students may be enrolled and attend school without charge.  Students must be recommended by an accredited placement agency or an approved local sponsoring organization and reside within the boundaries of the district.  Enrollment or intent to enroll must be filed two calendar months prior to the intended enrollment date.  Enrollment shall be submitted to the appropriate building principal.  If the number of students requesting enrollment exceeds the number recommended by the principal, the Board of Education shall consider limiting the enrollment using such factors as language capability, number of students from any one placement agency, previous allocations provided by any one sponsoring agency, or other factors deemed appropriate by the Board of Education.  Proper I-20 forms and other required papers must be processed by the district, the student, and the sponsoring organization before an international student can be formally admitted to school. 

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District that foreign exchange students are not eligible to receive a diploma, be eligible to graduate from, or participate in graduation while attending the Algona Community School District.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
August 13, 1990
April 14, 1997
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Date of Revisions:
July 13, 1986
February 14, 1994
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:18

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

The Board of Directors, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public school system, authorizes the establishment of a Home School Assistance Program.  This program will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent, guardian or legal custodian in the education of the student.

The parent, guardian or legal custodian registering for the Home School Assistance Program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the program.

Students registered for the Home School Assistance Program will be counted in the basic enrollment.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 299A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 31.

Approved:                                                                  
February 14, 1994                                                      

Reviewed:
April 10, 2000
February 13, 2006
May 9, 2011

Revised:
April 14, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:19

605 - Instructional Materials

605 - Instructional Materials dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:20

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  This authority is delegated to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district.

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.

In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks.  The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks.  Textbooks are reviewed as needed and at least every seven (7) years.

Education materials given to the school district must meet the criteria established above.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Approved:              
September 18, 1989

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
April 11, 1994
August 11, 1997
July 13, 2009
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 09:39

605.1R1 - Selection fo Instructional Materials

605.1R1 - Selection fo Instructional Materials

I.      Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials

 

      A.  The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Algona Community School District.

      B.  The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.  For the
            purpose of this rule the term "instructional materials" includes printed and multimedia materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or library
            materials.  The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.

      C.  While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teachers, teacher-librarian, students, parents, and community members, the
            responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees. 

      D.  Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.  For
            the purpose of this rule the term 'text materials' includes textbooks and other printed and nonprinted material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class
            or major segment of a class.

       E.  If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed
             in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.

             1.  The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.
             2.  The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:

                      Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual
                      materials.  Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.

                     Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews.  The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting
                     standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.

                     Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context.  The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the
                     material as a whole.

                    Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the
                    questioned material.

II.    Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:

      A.  Religion - Material will represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner.  The primary source material of the major religions is considered appropriate,
           but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or
           classrooms.                

      B.  Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to
           unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or
           respect of an individual.

     C.  Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of men and women without preference or bias.

     D.  Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.

     E.  Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force,
          either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present.  This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is
          related to the maturity level of the intended audience.

     F.  Profanity and Sex - Material is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their
          reading of public and community standards of morality.

     G.  Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.

The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.

These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.

III.   Procedure for Selection

    A.  Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library
         staff,
students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board.  The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building
         administrator.

         1.  The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district.  Specifically, the goals are:
               a.  To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;
               b.  To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;
               c.  To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;
               d.  To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;   
               e.  To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;
               f.   To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens
                    in a pluralistic democracy;
               g.  To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,
               h.  To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.

       2.  Materials selected is consistent with stated principles of selection.  These principles are:
              a.   To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;
              b.   To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;
              c.   To present the sexual, racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:
                     1.   Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable,
                           displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.
                     2.   Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.
                     3.   Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all
                           other fields of life and culture.
                     4.   Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.
              d. To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and
                  significance; and,
              e. To strive for impartiality in the selection process.

       3.  The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria.  These criteria are:
             a.   Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;
             b.   Reliability:
                   1.   Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual
                         material.
                   2.   Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.
             c.   Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.
             d.   Language:
                   1.   Vocabulary:
                         a.   Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;
                         b.   Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.
                   2.   Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.
             e.   Format:
                   1.   Book
                         a.   Adequate and accurate index;
                         b.   Paper of good quality and color;
                         c.   Print adequate and well spaced;
                         d.   Adequate margins;
                         e.   Firmly bound; and,
                         f.    Cost.
                   2.   Nonbook
                         a.   Flexibility, adaptability;
                         b.   Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;
                         c.   Appropriate for audience;
                         d.   Accurate authoritative presentation;
                         e.   Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);
                         f.    Durability; and,
                         g.   Cost.
                   3.   Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:
                         a.   Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.
                         b.   Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;
                         c.   Contain pertinent and effective illustrations.
                   4.   Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.
            f.    Special Features:
                  1.   Bibliographies.
                  2.   Glossary.
                  3.   Current charts, maps, etc.
                  4.   Visual aids.
                  5.   Index.
                  6.   Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.
                  7.   Provide a variety of learning skills.
            g.   Potential use:
                  1.   Will it meet the requirement of reference work?
                  2.   Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?
                  3.   Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?
                  4.   Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?
                  5.   Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?
                  6.   Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?
                  7.   Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interests?
                  8.   Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?
                  9.   Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?
     
            10. Does it inspire learning?
                  11. Is it relevant to the subject?
                  12. Will it stimulate a student's interest?
     4.   Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials.  The acceptance and placement
            of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.

  1. In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use.  The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 09:41

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents. 

The instructional materials must be viewed on school district premises.  Copies may be obtained according to board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L.

No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Adopted: 
July 13, 2009

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:26

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Date of Adoption:
September 18, 1989

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revision:
April 11, 1994
July 13, 2009
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:28

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their own opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to provide an open forum for discussion of challenged materials and to make an informed recommendation on the challenge.  The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the committee is composed of community members.  The community should not, therefore, infer that the committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions.  For this same reason, a community member will be selected to chair the committee.

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for agreement.  The committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

If the complainant chooses, the complainant may make an oral presentation to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee will listen to the complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations.  In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material.  The question to be answered by the committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:34

605.3E3 - Sample Letter To Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

605.3E3 - Sample Letter To Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

Dear:

We recognize your concern about the use of                                                      in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district's:

  1.    Instructional goals and objectives,
  2.    Instructional Materials Selection policy statement, and
  3.    Procedure for reconsideration of instructional materials.

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt attention to your request.  If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

Sincerely,

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:48

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

A.    A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the school district's education program despite the fact that the individuals selecting such material were duly qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material.

  1. The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional materials will try to resolve the issue informally.  The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.
    a.  The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the board's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.
    b. 
    The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use.  In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and explain the use of the material.
     
  2. The employee receiving the initial complaint will advise the building principal of the initial contact no later than the end of the school day following the discussion with the individual, whether or not the individual has been satisfied by the initial contact.  A written record of the contact is maintained by the principal in charge of the attendance center.  Each building principal shall inform employees of their obligation to report complaints.
     
  3. In the event the individual making an objection to instructional materials is not satisfied with the initial explanation, the individual is referred to the principal or to the teacher-librarian of the attendance center.  If, after consultation with the principal or teacher-librarian, the individual desires to file a formal complaint, the principal or teacher-librarian will assist in filling out a Reconsideration Request Form in full and filing it with the superintendent.

B.    Request for Reconsideration

  1. A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district's education program.  This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.
  1. Each attendance center and the school district's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Reconsideration Request Forms.  Formal objections to instructional materials must be made on this form.
  1. The individual will state the specific reason the instructional material is being challenged.  The Reconsideration Request Form is signed by the individual and filed with the superintendent. 
  1. The superintendent will promptly file the objection with the reconsideration committee for re-evaluation.
  1. Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process.  However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.6.d. of this rule.
  1. The Reconsideration Committee

    a. 

    The reconsideration committee is made up of eight members.
          (1) 
    One licensed employee designated annually, as needed, by the superintendent.
          (2)  One teacher-librarian designated annually by the superintendent.
          (3) 
    One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.
          (4) 
    Three members of the community appointed annually, as needed, by the board.
          (5)  Two high school students, selected annually by the high school principal

    b.  The committee will select their chairperson and secretary.

    c.  The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.

    d.  Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances.  A recommendation for temporary
         removal will require a two-thirds vote of the committee.

    e.  Notice of committee meetings is made public through appropriate publications and other communications methods.

    f.  The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.

    g.  The committee will determine its agenda for the first meeting which may include the following:
          (1)
      Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.
          (2)  An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.
          (3)  Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.
          (4)  Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.

    h.  The committee may review the selection process for the challenged instructional material and may, to its satisfaction, determine that the challenge is
         without merit and dismiss the challenge.  The committee will notify the individual and the superintendent of its action.

     i.  At a subsequent meeting, if held, interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The
         committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee.

     j.  The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the reconsideration committee secretary on the status of the Reconsideration Request Form
         throughout the reconsideration process.  The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties is given appropriate notice of meetings.

    k.  At the second or a subsequent meeting the committee will make its final recommendation.  The committee's final recommendation may be to take no
         removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of the challenged material.  The sole
         criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use.  The written final recommendation and its
         justification are forwarded to the board, the individual and the appropriate attendance centers.  The superintendent my also make a recommendation
         but if so, it should be independent from the committee’s.

         Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual or the chairperson of the reconsideration
         committee may appeal the decision to the board for review.  Such appeal must be presented to the superintendent in writing within five days following
         the announcement of the superintendent's decision.  The board will promptly determine whether to hear the appeal. 

     l.  A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original
         selection or use of the material.

    m. Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee
         members before the materials will again be reconsidered. 

    n.  If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may appoint a subcommittee of members or nonmembers to consolidate
         challenges and to make recommendations to the full committee.  The composition of this subcommittee will approximate the representation of the full
         committee.

    o.  Committee members directly associated with the selection, use, or challenger of the challenged material are excused from the committee during the
         deliberation of the challenged instructional materials.  The superintendent may appoint a temporary replacement for the excused committee member,
         but the replacement must be of the same general qualifications as the member excused.

    p.  Persons dissatisfied with the decision of the board may appeal to the Iowa Board of Education pursuant to state law.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:49

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program.  The board encourages employees to investigate economical ways to utilize multi-media, computers, and other technologies as a part of the curriculum.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually.  The superintendent will report the results of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12), 12.5(4), .5(10).

Approved:                                                                  
June 19, 1989                                                             

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
August 11, 1997
June 12, 2000
July 13, 2009
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:13

605.5 - School Library

605.5 - School Library

The school district will maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the libraries will be acquired according to board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection."

It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the library.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(24); 279.8; 280.14; 301 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(11), (12).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
July 10, 1989

Date of Review:
July 11, 2011

Date of Revisions:
April 11, 1994
September 15, 1997
July 13, 2009
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:15

605.6 - Internet Appropriate Use

605.6 - Internet Appropriate Use

Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students. Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.  Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers. Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students. If a student already has an electronic mail address, the student may, with the permission of the supervising teacher, be permitted to use the address to send and receive mail at school.  The Internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees. It is a global network, which makes it impossible to control all available information. Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet. Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Some students might encounter information, which may not be of educational value. Student Internet records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records. Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the school district to ensure students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. The school district will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access, including sites that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors.

The school district will monitor the online activities of students and will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting on social networking sites and chat rooms. Students will also be educated on cyberbullying, including awareness and response. Employees will provide age appropriate training for students who use the Internet. The training provided will be designed to promote the school district’s commitment to:

The standards and acceptable use of Internet services as set forth in the Internet Safety Policy;

- Student safety with regard to:

- safety on the Internet;

- appropriate behavior while on online, on social networking Web sites, and

- in chat rooms; and

- cyberbullying awareness and response.

      Compliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection Act

Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet. Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the Internet. Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the Internet Acceptable Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations, and that they understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations

In compliance with federal law, this policy will be maintained at least five years beyond the termination of funding under the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate.

 

 

Legal References:      
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Approved: 
Feb. 11, 2013                         

Reviewed:  

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:40

605.6E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents

605.6E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents

Your child has access to the Internet.  The vast domain of information contained within Internet's libraries can provide unlimited opportunities to students.

Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses will be issued to students at this time.  If a student already has an electronic mail address, he/she will not be permitted to use the address to send and receive mail at school.

Students will be expected to abide by the following network etiquette:

  • The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  Students will abide by the polices and procedures of these other networks.
  • Students will respect all copyright and license agreements.
  • Students will cite all quotes, references, and sources.
  • Students will only remain on the system long enough to get needed information.
  • Students will apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.
  • Student access for electronic mail will be through their individual school account.  Students should adhere to the following guidelines:
     - 
    Others may be able to read or access the mail, so private messages should not be sent.
     - Delete unwanted messages immediately.
     - 
    Use of objectionable language is prohibited.
     - 
    Always sign messages.
     - 
    Always acknowledge receipt of a document or file.
  • Students accessing Internet services that have a cost involved will be responsible for payment of those costs.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Please sign the form if you would like your child to be granted Internet access and return the permission form to your child's school.

Student Name: _______________________________________________________________     Grade:  _______________________________

School:  _____________________________________________________________________     Date:  ________________________________

                                                                                                                  ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                                                          (Parent or Guardian Signature)

If you have granted your child Internet access, please have them respond to the following:

 

I have read the expected network etiquette and agree to abide by these provisions.  I understand that violation of these provisions may constitute suspension or revocation of Internet privileges.

 

I agree to be responsible for payment of costs incurred by accessing any Internet services that have a cost involved.

                                                                                                                  ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                                                          (Student Signature)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:47

605.6E2 - Internet Access Appropriate Use Violations Notice

605.6E2 - Internet Access Appropriate Use Violations Notice

Student:  _________________________________________________________________________

Teacher:  _________________________________________________________________________

Date:  ____________________________________________________________________________

Students who access restricted items on the Internet are subject to the appropriate action described in the school's discipline policy or student handbook or to the following consequences:

__________  First Offense:

                      The above student has violated the Student Internet Policy by intentionally accessing restricted material. He/she has lost Internet access for a period of ten
                      (10) school days.

__________  Second Offense:

                      The above student has violated the Student Internet Policy by intentionally accessing restricted material for a second time.  As a consequence of this
                      violation the above student has lost Internet access for a period of ninety (90) days.

__________  Third Offense:

                      The above student has violated the Student Internet Policy by intentionally accessing restricted material for a third time.  As a consequence of this violation
                      the above student has forfeited all Internet privileges for a period of one hundred eighty (180) school days, or the balance of the school year.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 12:00

605.6R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

605.6R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

I. Responsibility for Internet Appropriate Use.

  A.  The authority for appropriate use of electronic Internet resources is delegated to the licensed employees. 

  B.  Instruction in the proper use of the Internet will be available to employees who will then provide similar instruction to their students.

  C.  Employees are expected to practice appropriate use of the Internet, and violations may result in discipline up to, and including, discharge.

 

II.  Internet Access.

  A.  Access to the Internet is available to teachers and students as a source of information and a vehicle of communication.

  B.  Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses will be issued to students at this
        time.

  1. Making Internet access available to students carries with it the potential that some students might encounter information that may not be appropriate for students.  However, on a global network, it is impossible to control all materials.  Because information on the Internet appears, disappears and changes, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.
  2. It is a goal to allow teachers and students access to the rich opportunities on the Internet, while we protect the rights of students and parents who choose not to risk exposure to questionable material.
  3. The smooth operation of the network relies upon the proper conduct of the end users who must adhere to strict guidelines which require efficient, ethical and legal utilization of network resources.
  4. To reduce unnecessary system traffic, users may use real-time conference features such as talk/chat/Internet relay chat only as approved by the supervising teacher.
  5. Transmission of material, information or software in violation of any board policy or regulation is prohibited.
  6. System users will perform a virus check on downloaded files to avoid spreading computer viruses.
  7. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet.

III.  Permission to Use Internet - Annually, parents will grant permission for their student to use the Internet using the prescribed form.

IV.  Student Use of Internet.

  A.  Equal Opportunity - The Internet is available to all students within the school district through teacher access.  The amount of time available for each student may
       be limited by the number of available terminals and the demands for each terminal.

  B. On-line Etiquette.

  1. The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  It is the user's responsibility to abide by the policies and procedures of these other networks.
  2. Students should adhere to on-line protocol:
    a. 
    Respect all copyright and license agreements.
    b. 
    Cite all quotes, references and sources.
    c. 
    Remain on the system long enough to get needed information, then exit the system.
    d. 
    Apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.
  3. Student access for electronic mail will be through their own account  Students should adhere to the following guidelines:
    a.  Others may be able to read or access the mail so private messages should not be sent.
    b. 
    Delete unwanted messages immediately.
    c. 
    Use of objectionable language is prohibited.
    d. 
    Always sign messages.
    e. 
    Always acknowledge receipt of a document or file.

  C.  Restricted Material - Students will not intentionally access or download any text file or picture or engage in any conference that includes material which is obscene,
       libelous, indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd; advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law; constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very
       expression of which injures or harasses others; or presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will
       cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of
       unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.

  D.  Unauthorized Costs - If a student gains access to any service via the Internet which has a cost involved or if a student incurs other types of costs, the student
        accessing such a service will be responsible for those costs.

V.  Student Violations--Consequences and Notifications.

Students who access restricted items on the Internet are subject to the appropriate action described in board policy or regulations or the following consequences:

  1. First Violation - A verbal and written "Warning" notice will be issued to the student.  The student may lose Internet access for a period of ten days at the discretion of the supervising teacher.  A copy of the notice will be mailed to the student's parent and a copy provided to the building principal.
  2. Second Violation - A verbal and written "Second Violation" notice will be issued to the student.  A copy of the notice will be sent to the student's parent and a copy provided to the building principal.  The student will forfeit all Internet privileges for a minimum period of  ninety days.
  3. Third Violation - A verbal and written "Third Violation" notice will be issued to the student.  A copy of the notice will be sent to the student's parent and a copy provided to the building principal.  The student will forfeit all Internet privileges for one hundred eighty days or for the balance of the school year.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 12:03

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources.  In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes.  Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine.  Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met. 

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law.  In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly.  The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students.  Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination.  Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion.

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it.  Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed.  The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district's procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the teacher-librarian who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal References:      
17 U.S.C. § 101 et al. (2012)

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Adopted:                                                        
July 13, 2009 

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011 

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:41

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the teacher-librarian.  Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.

Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research.  Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:

  • Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
  • Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.
  • Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
  • Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:

  • Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
  • Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
  • Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
  • Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures.  While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented6

In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:

  • A chapter from a book;
  • An article from a newspaper or periodical;
  • A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
  • A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.

A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines.  Each copy must include a notice of copyright.

  • Brevity
    • A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
    • Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
    • Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
    • One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied.  “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose.  Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
  • Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
  • Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made.  No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term.  Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.

Copying Limitations

Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited.  In those circumstances, the teacher-librarian should be contacted.  The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:

  • Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
  • Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
  • Employees shall not:
  • Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;
  • Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;
  • Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
  • Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright.  The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
  • Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
  • Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

  • An unpublished work in its collection;
  • A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
  • A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.  Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.

A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying.  The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price.  In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied.  In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research.  Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works

Teachers may:

  • Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;  
  • Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
  • In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available.
  • Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
  • Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
  • Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted.  Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.

Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.  The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment. 

Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:

  • The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
  • None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
  • Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner.  Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.

Recording of Copyrighted Programs

Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording.  Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately.  Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the teacher librarian or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.

Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period.  Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.  No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast.  A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.  Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum.  Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.

Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content.  Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations.  All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software

Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices.  To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.  To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect: 

  • All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed;
  • Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
  • A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged.  If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
  • A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the, technology coordinator; and,
  • A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language.  The adapted program may not be distributed.

Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia

Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects. 

Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities.  These projects may be used:

  • In face-to-face instruction;
  • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
  • In assignments to students;
  • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
  • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,
  • In their personal portfolios.

Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.

The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:

  • Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
  • Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
  • Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology.  For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;

Use of Information Resources Regulation

  • Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds.  No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
  • Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
  • Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;

Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials.  Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online.  The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:43

606 - Instructional Arrangements

606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:48

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

The size of each class shall depend upon the type of instruction needed to assist each student to develop individual academic and occupational capacities to the utmost.  Effective staff utilization shall also be considered in organizing and scheduling classroom instruction.

The Superintendent of Schools with the administrative staff are responsible to make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding class size and are further instructed and directed to investigate new approaches and techniques in organizing and scheduling classroom instruction.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
August 11, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:48

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that a properly planned, well-conducted and carefully supervised field trip is a vital part of the curriculum of any classroom.  As such, student trips of significant educational value are to be encouraged.

Field trips shall have the approval of the building principal in advance of the trip.  Consent of the pupils' parent or guardian is required in advance of any excursion involving the use of public or private transportation services.

Any field trips or educational experience of more than two nights duration must have administrative and Board approval 60 days prior to the trip.  An appropriate application procedure shall be provided by the administration.  Staff members shall discuss any extended trip plans with the building principal prior to any planning with the students involved.

Activities sponsored by the official Iowa activity organizations are exempt from the aforementioned procedure, i.e., state tournaments, speech contests, etc.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f) (2012).

Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 43.9.

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
May 11, 1981
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:49

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

Insufficient classroom space is determined on a case-by-case basis.  In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.

This policy is reviewed by the board annually.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 282.18(13) (2013).

281 I.A.C. 17.6(3).

Approved:

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:51

607 - Instructional Services

607 - Instructional Services dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:52

607.1 - Student Gudance and Counseling Program

607.1 - Student Gudance and Counseling Program

The board will provide a student guidance and counseling program.  The guidance counselor will be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development.  The program is coordinated with the education program and will involve licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 280.14; 622.10 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(11).

Approved:
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
May 11, 1981
April 11, 1994
September 15, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:52

607.2 - Student Health Services

607.2 - Student Health Services

Health services are an integral part of comprehensive school improvement, assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance.  Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental and social well being.  Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers.  The school district’s comprehensive school improvement plan, needs, and resources determine the linkages.

The superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse and public health nurse will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  The superintendent will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
No Child Left Behind, Title II, Sec. 1061, P.L. 107-110 (2002).

42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et  seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq. (2012)
29 U.S.C. § 794(a)(2012)
28 C.F.R. 35
20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 280.23 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8; 41.404(1)(g); 41.405(2).
282 I.A.C. 15.3(14); 22.
641 I.A.C. 7.
655 I.A.C. 6, 6.3(1), 6.3(6), 6.6(1), 7.

Approved:                                                                  
December 14, 1992                                                    

Reviewed:
July 11, 2011

Revised:
September 15, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:54

607.2R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

607.2R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

I.  Student Health Services  - Each school building may develop a customized student health services program within comprehensive school improvement based on its
    unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education
    program.

Supports to improve student achievement include:

  • qualified health personnel
  • school superintendent, school nurse, and school health team working collaboratively
  • family and community involvement
  • optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing improvement

Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:

  • health services
  • nutrition
  • healthy, safe environment
  • staff wellness
  • health education
  • physical education and activity
  • counseling, psychological, and social services
  • family and community innvolement

Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.

II.  Student Health Services Essential Functions

     A.  Identify student health needs:

  1.  Provide individual initial and annual health assessments
  2.  Provide needed health screenings
  3.  Maintain and update confidential health records
  4.  Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with confidentiality laws

     B.  Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:

  1. Link students to community resources and monitor follow through
  2. Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health clinics
  3. Encourage appropriate use of heath care

     C.  Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:

  1. Manage chronic and acute illnesses
  2. Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation, training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel
  3. Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for all students with special health needs according to mandates in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act (Section 504), and American with Disabilities Act (ADA)
  4. Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and injury
  5. Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations
  6. Promote optimal mental health
  7. Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment
  8. Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health consultant

     D.  Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:

  1. Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling for individuals and groups
  2. Encourage injury and disease prevention practices
  3. Promote personal and public health practices
  4. Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education

     E.  Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the superintendent, school nurse, and school health team:

  1. Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance
  2. Establish health advisory council and school health team
  3. Develop health procedures and guidelines
  4. Collaborate with staff, families, and community
  5. Maintain and update confidential student school health records
  6. Coordinate program with all school health components
  7. Coordinate with school improvement
  8. Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs
  9. Organize scheduling and direct health services staff
  10. Develop student health services annual status report
  11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and between school and major constituents
  12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such as registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners
  13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff

III.  Expanded Health Services

These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health, substance abuse, and dental health.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:55

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS BUSINESS SERVICES

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS BUSINESS SERVICES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:15

700 - Purpose of NonInstructional and Business Services

700 - Purpose of NonInstructional and Business Services

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district's noninstructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program.  These noninstructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation, the school lunch program and child care.  The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional noninstructional services to support the education program.

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that its primary purpose is to provide the highest quality of educational programs possible within the financial ability of the District and that it has a definite responsibility to the citizens of the district for the efficient use of public funds.  It is, therefore, the recognized responsibility of the Board to determine guidelines for effective expenditures and for reporting to the public.

The Board shall direct the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) to submit an annual budget for its approval.   After final adoption of the budget document, by the official action of the Board, the budget shall be a guide for the use of funds and the Superintendent and delegated representatives shall be authorized to administer the specific expenditures approved by adoption of the budget.

It shall be the philosophy of the Board that all aspects of the educational program worthy of inclusion in the total program shall be worthy of financial support within the limits of the financial capabilities of the District.

It is the goal of the board to provide noninstructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.

 

 

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Date of Review:
September 19, 2011

Reviewed:

Revised:
June 8, 1981
June 10, 1985
December 12, 1994
November 18, 1997
August 14, 2000
November 14, 2016

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:11

701 - Fiscal Management

701 - Fiscal Management dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:13

701.1 - Depository of Funds

701.1 - Depository of Funds

At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors (Board) shall designate by resolution, which shall be entered in the official minutes of the Board, the name and location of the bank or banks selected as the official School District depository.  The Board shall also designate the maximum amount which may be kept on deposit in each bank.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.33 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

Revised:
June 8, 1981
November 13, 1989
December 12, 1994
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:13

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution.  School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner.  School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools to make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 24.21-.22; 279.8; 298A (2012).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

Revised:
June 8, 1981
November 13, 1989
December 12, 1994
November 18, 1997
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:15

703 - Budget

703 - Budget dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:17

703.1 - Budget Planning

703.1 - Budget Planning

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected.

A budget for the school district is prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget will include the following:

  • the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
  • the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
  • an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
  • a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and business manager to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 15 deadline each year.

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public is apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board is held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 15.

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 10 but no more than 20 days prior to the public hearing.

The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 15.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and other proper authorities.

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:17

704 - Revenue

704 - Revenue dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:19

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

DEBT LIMITS

Credit Ratings
The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives.  The school distric